You are on page 1of 614

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).

pdf

MULTI-MODE MANUAL
TRANSAXLE SYSTEM >

PRECAUTION
1.IGNITION SWITCH EXPRESSIONS

1.  The type of ignition switch used on this model differs according to the
specifications of the vehicle. The expressions listed in the table below are used in
this section.

Ignition Switch Engine Switch


Expression
(position) (condition)
Ignition Switch off LOCK Off
Ignition Switch on (IG) ON On (IG)
Ignition Switch on (ACC) ACC On (ACC)
Engine Start START Start

2.PRECAUTION REGARDING ON-VEHICLE INSPECTION

1.  When revving the engine, make sure that the gear is in neutral.

3.PRECAUTION REGARDING PARTS REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION

1.  When removing or installing parts related to the multi-mode manual transmission
system, perform [Clamp Position Adjustment], [Initialization and Learning]
and/or [Synchronization Position Calibration]. In addition, the required operations
differ according to the parts to be removed and installed. Proceed with the
operation in the order shown in the table below.

Before removal
Parts to be removed Operation order See

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 1/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

 procedure
•  Clutch actuator
•  Transmission
assembly
•  Transmission parts
(inside gear box)
•  Clutch disc and clutch
cover •  CLAMP
•  Clutch release bearing POSITION
•  Clutch release fork ADJUSTMENT
•  Clutch release lever
•  Flywheel
•  End plate (2SZ-FE
only)
•  Crankshaft
•  Shift and select
actuator (with clutch actuator)

2. 

Before installation
See
Parts to be installed Operation order
 procedure
•  CLAMP POSITION
•   New clutch
ADJUSTMENT
actuator
3.   NOTICE:
4.  Push rods of brand new clutch actuators (service supply parts) are not set in the
clutch clamp position. Therefore, adjust the clamp positions before installing new
clutch actuators.
5. 

After installation
See
Parts installed Operation order
 procedure
•  Transmission 1. INITIALIZATION OF MULTI-
assembly MODE MANUAL
•  Transmission parts TRANSMISSION SYSTEM
(inside gear box) [Initialization of ECU]
•  Shift and select
actuator (with clutch
actuator) 2. LEARNING OF MULTI-
MODE MANUAL

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 2/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

•   Transmission TRANSMISSION SYSTEM


control ECU 3. SYNCHRONIZATION
POSITION CALIBRATION
1. INITIALIZATION OF MULTI-
MODE MANUAL
TRANSMISSION SYSTEM
•   Shift stroke sensor [Initialization of transmission]
•   Select stroke sensor  2. LEARNING OF MULTI-
MODE MANUAL
TRANSMISSION SYSTEM
3. SYNCHRONIZATION
POSITION CALIBRATION
•   Clutch actuator 1. INITIALIZATION OF MULTI-
•   Clutch stroke MODE MANUAL
sensor TRANSMISSION SYSTEM
•   Clutch disc and [Initialization of clutch]
clutch cover
•   Clutch release
 bearing
•   Clutch release fork
•   Clutch release lever  2. LEARNING OF MULTI-
•   Flywheel MODE MANUAL
•   End plate (2SZ-FE TRANSMISSION SYSTEM
only)
•   Crankshaft

6.   NOTICE:
  Replace the clutch disc and clutch cover together. If only one is replaced,

the adjustment system of the clutch cover does not function properly. This
may cause clutch drag or clutch slippage, which may result in
deterioration of drivability or malfunctions of the system parts.
  After replacing any system components, perform initialization and

learning of related components (refer to the operations listed above). If


initialization and learning are not performed, the transmission system will
not function properly.
  Before proceeding with learning of the multi-mode manual transmission

system, clear (initialize) the previously stored learning values. Since the
multi-mode manual transmission system does not have an overwrite
function, clearing (initializing) stored data is necessary before the new
data can be stored.

4.TROUBLESHOOTING INITIALIZATION AND LEARNING (ENGINE DOES NOT

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 3/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

START)
HINT:
If any malfunctions are suspected in the transmission control system after
reassembling or repairing transmission system components, perform
troubleshooting in accordance with the following chart.

1.Check for DTC output

1.  Using an intelligent tester, check for output DTCs.


1.  Connect the intelligent tester to the DLC3.
2.  Turn the ignition switch on (IG) and the tester ON.
3.  Select the following menu items: Powertrain / Multi-Mode M/T / DTC.
4.  Read any DTCs.

Result:
Result Proceed To
 No DTC output A
DTC output B

B  . Go to DTC Chart

2.Check clutch position learning condition

1.  Check that the clutch position learning has been completed.
1.  Connect the intelligent tester to the DLC3.
2.  Turn the ignition switch on (IG) and the tester ON.
3.  Select the following menu items: Powertrain / Multi-Mode M/T / Data
List.
4.  Read the Learn-Clutch Stopper Point result.

Result:
Result Proceed To
Exec (Executed) A
 Notexec (Not executed) B
Fail (Failure) C

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 4/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

B . Execute learning again ()

C . Check clutch system

3.Check T/M gear position learning condition

1.  Check that the T/M gear position learning has been completed.
1.  Connect the intelligent tester to the DLC3.
2.  Turn the ignition switch on (IG) and the tester ON.
3.  Select the following menu items: Powertrain / Multi-Mode M/T / Data
List.
4.  Read the Learn-T/M results.

Result:
Result Proceed To
Exec (Executed) A
 Notexec (Not executed) B
Fail (Failure) C

B . Execute learning again ()

C . Go to step 6

4.Check whether gear is in neutral

1.  Referring to the shift slit position of the shift and select actuator, check whether
the actual transmission gear position is in neutral.

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 5/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

Result:
Result Proceed To
 Neutral A
Other than Neutral B

B . Check transmission assembly

5.Check whether park/neutral position switch is ON

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 6/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

1.  Check whether the park/neutral position switch is ON ().

Result:
Result Proceed To
ON A
OFF B

B . Check park/neutral position switch

Check starter system and brake system

6.Check whether T/M up-lock has occurred during gear position learning

1.  Check whether T/M up-lock has occurred during gear position learning.
1.  Connect the intelligent tester to the DLC3.
2.  Turn the ignition switch on (IG) and the tester ON.
3.  Select the following menu items: Powertrain / Multi-Mode M/T / Data
List.
4.  Read the Possibility of T/M Uplock results.

HINT:
T/M up-lock: The transmission gear momentarily cannot be engaged due to
mechanical reasons during gear position learning.
Result:
Result Proceed To
 No (Not occurred) A
Yes (Occurred) B

Perform initialization and learning ag


B .

 learning fails twice or more, check tr


A

Check transmission assembly

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 7/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

5.TROUBLESHOOTING INITIALIZATION AND LEARNING (VEHICLE DOES


 NOT START OFF)
HINT:
If any malfunctions are suspected in the transmission control system after
reassembling or repairing transmission system components, perform
troubleshooting in accordance with the following chart.

1.Check for DTC output

1.  Using an intelligent tester, check for output DTCs.


1.  Connect the intelligent tester to the DLC3.
2.  Turn the ignition switch on (IG) and the tester ON.
3.  Select the following menu items: Powertrain / Multi-Mode M/T / DTC.
4.  Read any DTCs.

Result:
Result Proceed To
 No DTC output A
DTC output B

B  . Go to DTC Chart

2.Check clutch position learning condition

1.  Check that the clutch position learning has been completed.
1.  Connect the intelligent tester to the DLC3.
2.  Turn the ignition switch on (IG) and the tester ON.
3.  Select the following menu items: Powertrain / Multi-Mode M/T / Data
List.
4.  Read the Learn-Clutch Stopper Point results.

Result:
Result Proceed To
Exec (Executed) A
 Notexec (Not executed) B

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 8/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

Fail (Failure) C

B . Execute learning again ()

C . Check clutch system

3.Check T/M gear position learning condition

1.  Check that the T/M gear position learning has been completed.
1.  Connect the intelligent tester to the DLC3.
 
2.
3.  Turn
Selectthe
theignition switch
following menuonitems:
(IG) and the tester/ Multi-Mode
Powertrain ON. M/T / Data
List.
4.  Read the Learning-T/M results.

Result:
Result Proceed To
Exec (Executed) A
 Notexec (Not executed) B
Fail (Failure) C

B . Execute learning again ()

C . Go to step 8

4.Check clutch standby point learning condition

1.  Check that the clutch position learning has been completed.
1.  Connect the intelligent tester to the DLC3.
2.  Turn the ignition switch on (IG) and the tester ON.
3.  Select the following menu items: Powertrain / Multi-Mode M/T / Data
List.
4.  Read the Learn-Clutch Standby Point results.

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 9/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

Result:
Result Proceed To
Exec (Executed) A
 Notexec (Not executed) B

Fail (Failure) C

Execute learning again (Ignition swit



start engine)
.

C . Check clutch system

5.Confirm that gear position in [1st] or [R] when shift lever in [E], [M] or [R]

1.  Start the engine.

2.  Referring to the shift slit position of the shift and select actuator, check that the

actual transmission
 position is changed gear
fromposition is in
N to E, M or the
R. 1st or R position when the shift lever

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 10/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

 NG  . Go to step 9

OK

6.Inspect accelerator pedal position sensor signal

1.  Check the accelerator pedal position sensor signal circuit.


1.  Connect the intelligent tester to the DLC3.
2.  Turn the ignition switch on (IG) and the tester ON.
3.  Select the following menu items: Powertrain / Multi-Mode M/T / Data
List.

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 11/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

4.  Check that value of the Accelerator Pedal Angle changes in accordance
with the accelerator pedal operation ().

2.  Check the CAN communication circuit ().

Standard (1KR-FE):
Accelerator Pedal Tester
Operation Display
Fully depressed 60 to 100 %
Fully released 0 to 25 %
Standard (2SZ-FE):
Accelerator Pedal Tester
Operation Display
Fully depressed 52 to 100 %

Fully released 0 to 22 %

Check engine control system and CA


 NG 
system
.

OK

7.Rev up engine with transmission in neutral

1.  Check that the engine can be revved up when the transmission gear is in neutral.

Result:
Result Proceed To
Possible A
Impossible B

B  Check engine control system


.

Check clutch system and transmission control ECU

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 12/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8.Check whether T/M up-lock has occurred during gear position learning

1.  Check whether T/M up-lock has occurred during gear position learning.
1.  Connect the intelligent tester to the DLC3.
2.  Turn the ignition switch on (IG) and the tester ON.
3.  Select the following menu items: Powertrain / Multi-Mode M/T / Data
List.
4.  Read the Possibility of T/M Uplock result.

HINT:
T/M up-lock: The transmission gear momentarily cannot be engaged due to
mechanical reasons during gear position learning.
Result:
Result Proceed To
 No (Not occurred) A

Yes (Occurred) B

Perform initialization and learning ag



learning fails twice or more, check tr
.

 
A

Check transmission assembly

9.Check whether clutch disengaged when shift lever in [E], [M] or [R]

1.  Check the actual clutch state when the shift lever is in the E, M or R position.

Result:
Result Proceed To
Disengaged A
 Not disengaged B

B  . Check clutch system

Check transmission assembly

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 13/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

6.PRECAUTIONS REGARDING USE OF SHIFT LOCK RELEASE BUTTON

1.  When the vehicle is parked with the shift lever in any position other than N:
 

The engine cannot be started if the shift lever is moved to any position
other than N by operating the shift lock release button.
The shift lever should be moved back to the N position to start the engine.
  The engine cannot be started if the shift lever is in the position it was in

when the vehicle was parked.


The shift lever should be moved back to the N position to start the engine.
  When the shift lever is returned to the N position by operating the shift

lock release button, the gear is shifted to neutral when the ignition switch
is turned on (IG) so that the engine can be started.
2.  When the vehicle is parked with the shift lever in the N position:
  The engine can be started even if the shift lever is moved to any position

other than N by operating the shift lock release button. In this case, the
gear is shifted to the position in accordance with the shift lever position
after the engine starts.

Shift lever Engine


Current shift
 position when cranking  Note
lever position
vehicle parked operation
Other than N Other than N* Impossible -
Same position in
Other than N when vehicle Impossible -
 parked
Gear shifted to neutral when
Other than N N* Possible
ignition switch on (IG)
Gear shifted to position in
 N Other than N* Possible accordance with shift lever
 position after engine start
 N

 N (Same
in whenposition
vehicle Possible -
 parked)

*: The shift lever was moved with the shift lock release button operation.

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 14/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

7.OTHER PRECAUTIONS REGARDING MULTI-MODE MANUAL


TRANSMISSION SYSTEM

•  Set the gear in neutral when revving the engine.

•  Set the gear to the neutral position before removing the shift and select actuator. If
the gear cannot be shifted to the neutral position due to malfunctions of the
actuator and/or transaxle gear, remove the plug from the shift and select actuator
and observe the position of the shift slit within. If the slit is in any position other
than neutral, use a screwdriver to set it to neutral.

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 15/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8.PRECAUTION REGARDING ELECTRONIC THROTTLE CONTROL SYSTEM


(FOR 1KR-FE)

1.  Perform the electronic throttle learning when the following operations are done ().
  ECM replacement

 

Throttle body assembly replacement

9.PRECAUTION REGARDING USE OF INTELLIGENT TESTER


 NOTICE:
Observe the following items for safety reasons:

•  Read its instruction books before using the tester.


•  Prevent the tester cable from being caught on the pedals, shift lever and steering
wheel when driving with the tester connected to the vehicle.

  When driving the vehicle for testing purposes using the tester, two people are
required. One drives the vehicle, and the other operates the tester.

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 16/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

MULTI-MODE MANUAL
TRANSAXLE SYSTEM > PARTS
LOCATION
for Preparation

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 17/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

1/5

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 18/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 19/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 20/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 21/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

2/5

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 22/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 23/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 24/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

3/5

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 25/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 26/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 27/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

4/5

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 28/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 29/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 30/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

5/5

MULTI-MODE MANUAL
TRANSAXLE SYSTEM > SYSTEM
DIAGRAM
for Preparation

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 31/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 32/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 33/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 34/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 35/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 36/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 37/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 38/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 39/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 40/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 41/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

MULTI-MODE MANUAL

TRANSAXLE SYSTEM > SYSTEM


DESCRIPTION
for Preparation

MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSMISSION SYSTEM OUTLINE

1.  The multi-mode manual transmission has been developed from the conventional
manual transmission by adding actuators that are directly controlled by electric
motors. The transmission control system consists of an electronic throttle control
system, clutch actuator, shift and select actuator, sensors, a shift lever, and a
transmission control ECU. The system offers automatic clutch operation and two
driving modes: automatic shifting E mode and manual shifting M mode.

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 42/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

2.  The stroke sensors, which are mounted on each actuator and detect the actuator
operating position, are double non-contact type.
3.  The multi-mode manual transmission is equipped with a clutch actuator, which
has a motor for clutch engagement, and a shift and select actuator, which has two
motors for shifting and selecting gear shafts that have been used on the

conventional manual
signals from the transmission.
transmission Each
control actuator
ECU. operates in accordance
The transmission control ECUwith
receives information from the ECM and sensors, and controls the engine and
multi-mode manual transmission.
4.  The shift lever features a Shift-by-Wire System that electrically detects the shift
lever position chosen by the driver and sends a shift lever position signal to the
transmission control ECU to control the transmission.
5.  The shift lever has an electrical shift lock mechanism. When the ignition switch is
turned off, or the shift lever is in the N position with the engine running and the
 brake pedal released, the shift lever is locked in the current shift position.
6.  The multi-mode manual transmission system has fail-safe functions. When the

transmission control
illuminates the ECU detects
Multi-mode Manual a malfunction
TransmissioninWarning
the system, the(MMT
Light ECU Warning
Light) to inform the driver that a malfunction has occurred. If necessary, the ECU
illuminates the Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) and MMT Warning Light
simultaneously. Under such conditions, the fail-safe function allows the vehicle to
 be operated in order to avoid emergency situations.

FUNCTIONS OF MAIN COMPONENTS

Components Outlines
Combination Controls the operation of the indicator lights, warning light, and
meter (meter ECU)  buzzer.
Multi-mode
manual
transmission
Illuminates to alert the driver when a malfunction occurs in the
warning light
multi-mode manual transmission system.
(built into
combination

meter)
Gear position
indicator
Indicates the present gear position. The indicator flashes if the
(built into
actual gear position and the shift lever position do not match.
combination
meter)
Mode indicator Indicates E-mode or M-mode.

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 43/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

(built into
combination
meter)
Es indicator light
Illuminates when the sporty [Es] pattern is selected during normal
(built into
combination [E] pattern
normal [E] driving in selected.
pattern is E-mode. Does not illuminate while the
meter)
Buzzer Sounds if the following conditions met simultaneously:
(built into Engine is running
combination Shift lever is in E, M or R position
meter) Driver's door is open
Shift lever position
sensor Outputs the shift lever position and shift request (+ or -) through
(built into shift the ON/OFF combination of 6-contact switch and 2-contact switch.
lever assembly)
Transmission shift
main switch
Outputs the shift mode signal (E-mode or M-mode).
(built into shift
lever assembly)
Shift lock solenoid
Actuated by the transmission control ECU. Restricts the movement
(built into shift
of the shift lever.
lever assembly)
Shift motor
Actuated by the transmission control ECU. Effects the shift
(built into shift and *
operation of the shift and select lever shaft.  
select actuator)

Shift stroke sensor Detects the shift and select actuator operation position (shift
(built into shift and *
direction).  
select actuator)
Select motor
Actuated by the transmission control ECU. Effects the select
(built into shift and *
operation of the shift and select lever shaft.  
select actuator)
Select stroke
sensor Detects the shift and select actuator operation position (select
*
(built into shift and direction).  
select actuator)

Clutch motor Actuated by the transmission control ECU. Engages and


(built into clutch
disengages the clutch.
actuator)
Clutch stroke
Detects the push rod position of the clutch actuator from the
sensor
rotational angle of the worm wheel in the clutch actuator, and sends
(built into clutch
the signal to the transmission control ECU.
actuator)

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 44/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

LCC (Load The diaphragm spring height of the LCC is adjusted to a


Controlled Clutch  predetermined position automatically, in order to apply a constant
cover) load to the clutch motor.
Transmission Detects the input shaft speed of the transaxle and transmits it to the
revolution sensor transmission control ECU.
Park/neutral
 position switch
(built into Detects whether the transmission gear is in neutral.
transmission
assembly)
Back-up light
switch
Detects whether the transmission gear is in reverse, and illuminates
(built into
the back-up lights.
transmission
assembly)
Stop light switch Detects whether the brake pedal is depressed or released.
Parking brake
Detects whether the parking brake lever is applied.
switch
Outputs the driving pattern (Normal [E] pattern or Sporty [Es]
Pattern select [Es]
 pattern) in E-mode in accordance with the ON/OFF condition to the
switch
transmission control ECU.
Controls the multi-mode manual transmission system and signals
the ECM to effect engine control during upshifting or downshifting
via CAN (Controller Area Network) communication.
Transmission When the multi-mode manual transmission system malfunctions,
control ECU the transmission control ECU diagnoses the malfunctioning areas
and stores the data. Furthermore, the multi-mode manual
transmission warning light and malfunction indicator lamp are
illuminated to inform the driver of malfunctions in the system.
Buzzer Sounds during system warning.
(built into When performing the initialization and learning or the clamp
transmission  position adjustment without using intelligent tester, the buzzer
control ECU) sounds to inform that the ECU mode is changed.
Outputs sensor information via CAN communication to the
transmission control ECU.
ECM
Affects engine
transmission control
control in accordance with signals from the
ECU.
Accelerator pedal Detects the accelerator pedal position and transmits signals to the
 position sensor ECM.
Crankshaft Detects the engine speed and transmits signals to the transmission
 position sensor control ECU via the ECM.

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 45/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

HINT:

*: Shift and select directions are as shown in the illustration.

MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSMISSION SYSTEM CONTROL

1.  System start:


The multi-mode manual transmission system starts when the ignition switch is
turned on (IG). The shift lever can be operated when the ignition switch is on and
the brake pedal is depressed. The engine starts when the ignition switch is turned
to the ST position (the engine switch is operated) with the brake pedal depressed
and the gear in neutral.
2.  Take off/reverse assist control:
When the brake pedal is not depressed with the gear in 1st, 2nd or reverse, the
clutch is half-engaged, even if the accelerator pedal is not depressed. As a result,
the vehicle can creep slowly like an automatic transmission vehicle. This will
assist the vehicle in preparing to move. The take off assist control is cancelled
while the parking brake switch is ON.

HINT:
When attempting to shift to reverse at a vehicle speed of 6 km/h (3.7 mph) or
more, the reverse warning buzzer sounds, and the gear does not shift to reverse.

3.  Shift control:


When upshifting with the accelerator pedal depressed, the ECM restrains the
engine rev up in accordance with the request signal from the transmission control

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 46/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

ECU.
[Automatic shift control (E and Es modes)]
When the shift lever is in the E position, the most appropriate gear is
automatically selected in accordance with the accelerator pedal opening angle and
the vehicle speed. In addition to this automatic shift control, LHD (Left Hand

Drive) vehicles
depressed until ahave
clickkick down
is felt, thecontrol.
ECM for When
LHDthe accelerator
vehicles pedalthis
interprets is fully
as the
kick down signal being received. Kick down signals affects the transmission shift
control.
Shift control can be switched between normal [E] mode and sporty [Es] mode by
 pressing the pattern select switch.
 Normal [E] mode: Economical automatic shift control with emphasis on fuel
economy
Sporty [Es] mode: Automatic shift control with emphasis on driving performance
[Sequential shift control (M-mode)]
Moving the shift lever to the M position enables the driver to select the gear. The

4.  driver can selectshift


Ascent/descent gears optionally by shifting the lever to the [+] or [-] position.
control:
While driving in E-mode or Es-mode, the system operates to prevent excess
shifting and obtain the proper driving force and engine brake power by estimating
the road inclination based on the vehicle conditions.
[Ascent shift control]
On an ascent, upshifting to the 3rd, 4th or 5th gear is prohibited, depending on the
degree of road inclination.
[Descent shift control]
On a descent, the current gear position is maintained, depending on the degree of
road inclination, to obtain engine brake power. When the brake pedal is
depressed, the transmission control ECU automatically downshifts to improve the
vehicle (driving force) control performance.
5.  AI (Artificial Intelligence) shift control:
The AI shift control enables the transmission control ECU to estimate the road
conditions and the driver's intention in order to automatically select the optimal
shift pattern. This improves the ride comfort.
[Accelerator pedal rapid open control]
When the accelerator pedal is rapidly depressed, the system interprets it as an
acceleration demand and advances the downshift timing.
[Accelerator pedal sudden close control]
When the accelerator pedal is suddenly released, the system interprets it as a
deceleration demand and ensures the engine brake power without changing gear.
This also ensures there is sufficient driving force for the next acceleration stage.
6.  Control when the vehicle stops (stopping control):
The transmission control ECU automatically disengages the clutch when the input
speed of the transmission revolution sensor falls below a specified speed. This
enables the vehicle to stop without stalling. If the shift lever is in the E or M
 positions, the transmission control ECU shifts the gear to the most appropriate
 position when the vehicle speed decreases to less than a specified speed.

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 47/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

HINT:
If the shift lever is kept in the N position for 2 seconds with the brake pedal
released at a specified vehicle speed or less, the transmission control ECU locks
the shift lever to prevent improper shift lever operation. When depressing the
 brake pedal, the shift lever is unlocked.

7.  Control when the vehicle is parked (parking control):


When the ignition switch is turned off, the transmission control ECU locks the
shift lever in the current position, and 1 second later engages the clutch to park the
vehicle with the gear engaged.

HINT:
The multi-mode manual transmission system does not have a park position. The
vehicle can be parked with the shift lever in any position (N, E, M or R). When
the vehicle is parked with the shift lever in a position other than N, the vehicle is
 parked with the gear engaged. The vehicle may not be parked with the gear

engaged if the ignition switch is turned off before the gearshift is complete.

MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSMISSION SYSTEM REMOVAL AND


INSTALLATION PROCEDURES
The multi-mode manual transmission differs from the conventional manual transmission.
The following operations are necessary when removing and installing the component
 parts.

1.  CLAMP POSITION ADJUSTMENT


  Preload is applied to the clutch actuator push rod installed on the vehicle.

  Clamp position adjustment is necessary to position the push rod when the

clutch actuator is reinstalled.


  The push rod position of a new clutch actuator is not suitable for clutch

actuator installation. When installing a new clutch actuator, Clamp


Position Adjustment must be performed before the installation.
  The push rod position of a clutch actuator that has been installed on the

vehicle is not suitable for clutch actuator reinstallation. Clamp Position


Adjustment must be performed when removing the clutch actuator.

 

For details of replacement, refer to CLAMP POSITION ADJUSTMENT
().

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 48/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 49/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

•  Push rod position A (Stopper position):


The stopper position is where the clutch actuator push rod is fully
retracted. Clearance exists between the release bearing and the diaphragm
spring.
•  Push rod position B (Clutch clamp position):

The clutch clamp


the diaphragm position
spring. is where
Removal 0 N [newton]
or installation of preload
of the is applied
clutch actuator is to
 possible at this point. No clearance exists between the release bearing and
the diaphragm spring.
•  Push rod position C (Complete engagement position):
During normal clutch operation, the push rod alternates between this
 position and the standby position (between C and D). When the system is
stopped (while the ignition switch is off), the push rod maintains this
 position.
•  Push rod position D (Standby position):
The standby position is where the clutch actuator push rod is protruded

2.  REPLACEMENT
and the clutch
ORisREMOVAL/INSTALLATION
not engaged. OF MULTI-MODE
MANUAL TRANSMISSION SYSTEM PARTS
Refer to the respective pages for each part.
3.  INITIALIZATION AND LEARNING

1.  INITIALIZATION OF TRANSMISSION SYSTEM:


  The transmission control ECU stores information from each

component, such as sensors and motors, to control the system.


  Sensors and motors that comprise the multi-mode manual

transmission system have individual specification values. The


transmission control ECU learns and stores these values, and
controls the multi-mode manual transmission system. Therefore,
the values stored in the transmission control ECU must be cleared
when the sensor or actuator is replaced.
  Learning of the multi-mode manual transmission system can be

 performed when there is no learning value in the ECU. It is


therefore necessary to perform initialization of the transmission
control ECU before performing learning of the multi-mode manual
transmission system.
  For details of replacement, refer to INITIALIZATION AND

LEARNING ().
2.  LEARNING OF MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSMISSION SYSTEM:
  This operation is performed to store the individual specification

values of components, such as sensors and actuators, in the


transmission control ECU.
  For details of replacement, refer to INITIALIZATION AND

LEARNING ().

 NOTICE:

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 50/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

Perform this operation after initialization of the multi-mode manual transmission


system.

4.  SYNCHRONIZATION POSITION CALIBRATION


  The transmission components have individual specification values. The

transmission control Synchronization


gearshift accurately. ECU learns and stores those
position values, and
calibration controls
corrects and the
adjusts the shift points appropriately in accordance with the individual
specification values of the components.
•  For details of replacement, refer to SYNCHRONIZATION POSITION
CALIBRATION ().

MULTI-MODE MANUAL

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 51/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

TRANSAXLE SYSTEM > HOW TO


PROCEED WITH

TROUBLESHOOTING
for Preparation

1.VEHICLE BROUGHT TO WORKSHOP

 NEXT

2.CUSTOMER PROBLEM ANALYSIS

 NEXT

3.CONNECT INTELLIGENT TESTER TO DLC3


HINT:
If the display indicates a communication fault in the tool, inspect the DLC3.

 NEXT

4.CHECK CAN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM

1.  Check for output DTCs.

HINT:

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 52/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

The ECM of this system is connected to the CAN communication system.


Therefore, before starting troubleshooting, check that there is no trouble in the
CAN communication system ().

Result:

Display (DTC Output) Proceed To


CAN communication system DTCs A
 No output B

PROCEED TO CAN

COMMUNICATION SYSTEM
.

B . Go to step 5

5.CHECK DTC AND FREEZE FRAME DATA


 NOTICE:
Record or print DTCs and freeze frame data, if necessary. Refer to the relevant
 pages ().

 NEXT

6.CLEAR DTC AND FREEZE FRAME DATA


HINT:
Refer to the relevant pages ().

 NEXT

7.VISUAL INSPECTION

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 53/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

 NEXT

8.PROBLEM SYMPTOM CONFIRMATION

Result:

Result Proceed To
Symptom does not occur A
Symptom occurs B

A  . Go to step 9

B . Go to step 10

9.SYMPTOM SIMULATION
HINT:

Refer to the relevant pages ().

 NEXT

10.DTC CHECK
HINT:
Refer to the relevant pages ().

Result:

Display (DTC Output) Proceed To


Output A

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 54/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

 No output B

A  . Go to step 11

B . Go to step 12

11.DTC CHART
HINT:
Refer to the relevant pages ().

 NEXT

Go to step 13

12.PROBLEM SYMPTOMS TABLE


HINT:
Refer to the relevant pages ().

 NEXT

13.CIRCUIT INSPECTION
HINT:
Refer to the relevant pages ().

 NEXT

14.IDENTIFICATION OF PROBLEM

 NEXT

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 55/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

15.ADJUSTMENT, REPAIR

 NEXT

16.CONFIRMATION TEST

 NEXT

END

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 56/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

MULTI-MODE MANUAL

TRANSAXLE SYSTEM >


INITIALIZATION
for Preparation

INITIALIZATION AND LEARNING USING INTELLIGENT TESTER

HINT:
 
• By using an intelligent tester, initialization and learning of the multi-mode manual
transmission system can be performed sequentially. Under manual operation (not
using intelligent tester), initialization and learning must be performed
individually.
 
• The learning values and the DTC history of the multi-mode manual transmission
system are stored in the EEPROM in the transmission control ECU. The stored
information is not cleared even when the negative terminal of the battery is
disconnected. To clear all the stored information, initialize the transmission
control ECU.
 
• Perform the procedure below to ensure that the initialized transmission control
ECU stores the adjusted clutch position (stopper position, clamp position, and
standby position) or gear position (shift position and select position).
 
• If the initialization cannot be performed normally, there may be a malfunction in
the shift lever position sensor, NE signals, or CAN communication.
 
• When replacing the following parts, proceed with the operation in the order listed
in the table below.

See
Parts installed Operation order
 procedure
 
• Transmission assembly 1. INITIALIZATION OF MULTI-MODE
 
• Transmission parts MANUAL TRANSMISSION SYSTEM See below
(inside gear box) [Initialization of ECU]
  Shift and select actuator
• 2. LEARNING OF MULTI-MODE
See below
(with clutch actuator) MANUAL TRANSMISSION SYSTEM
  Transmission control

3. SYNCHRONIZATION POSITION

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 57/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

ECU CALIBRATION

1. INITIALIZATION OF MULTI-MODE
MANUAL TRANSMISSION SYSTEM See below
•  Shift stroke sensor [Initialization of transmission]
•  Select stroke sensor 2. LEARNING OF MULTI-MODE
See below
MANUAL TRANSMISSION SYSTEM
3. SYNCHRONIZATION POSITION
CALIBRATION
•  Clutch actuator 1. INITIALIZATION OF MULTI-MODE
•  Clutch stroke sensor MANUAL TRANSMISSION SYSTEM See below
•  Clutch disc and clutch [Initialization of clutch]
cover
•  Clutch release bearing
•  Clutch release fork

  Clutch release lever
2. LEARNING OF MULTI-MODE
•  Flywheel See below
•  End plate (2SZ-FE MANUAL TRANSMISSION SYSTEM
only)
•  Crankshaft

1.  Prepare the vehicle:


  Stop the vehicle

  Shift the shift lever to the N position.


  Turn the ignition switch off.


2.  Connect the intelligent tester to the DLC3.

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 58/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

3.  Turn the ignition switch on (IG).


4.  Turn the intelligent tester ON.
5.  Select the following menu items: Powertrain / Multi-Mode M/T / Utility / Parts
Exchange.

6.  Read the information.


7.  Press the Next key.

8.  Read the information.


9.  After checking the vehicle condition, press the Next key.

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 59/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

10. Read the information.


11. Press the Next key.

12. Read the information.


13. Press the Next key.

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 60/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

14. On the Multi-Mode M/T / Utility screen, select Step 3 Initial Learning.
15. Press the Next key.

16. Select the appropriate operation.

HINT:

•  Initialization of clutch: when removing and installing the following parts


related to the clutch system.
Clutch actuator, clutch stroke sensor, clutch disc and clutch cover, clutch
release bearing, clutch release fork or fork lever, flywheel, and end plate.
  Initialization of transmission: when removing and installing the parts

related to the shift and select operation of the transmission assembly.


  Initialization of ECU: This initializes learned values of both the clutch and

transmission.
17. Press the Next key.

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 61/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

18. Read the information.


19. Press the Next key after turning the ignition switch off.

20. Wait 10 seconds.

HINT:
Count down the seconds from 10 to 0.

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 62/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

21. Read the information.


22. Press the Next key after turning the ignition switch on (IG).

23. Wait 40 seconds.

HINT:
Count down the seconds from 40 to 0.

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 63/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

24. Press the Exit key.


25. Complete Initialization and Learning.
26. Turn the intelligent tester OFF and turn the ignition switch off.
27. Wait at least 20 seconds.
28. Turn the ignition switch on (IG).
29. Depress the brake pedal with the shift lever position in the N position.
30. Start the engine and wait at least 10 seconds.
31. Shift the gear from neutral to any other position.

HINT:

•  When [Initialization of transmission] was selected at step (p), add the


following step between steps (w) and (x).
Additional step: (w') Wait at least 30 seconds.
•  If the Initialization and Learning operations fail, perform the operations
again from step (a) more than 15 seconds after turning the ignition switch
off.
•  Perform Synchronization Position Calibration after performing
Initialization of transmission or Initialization of ECU.
•  Shifting the gear from neutral to any other position at last, the
transmission control ECU learns the standby point. At this time, the value
of Learn-Clutch Standby Point in the Data List changes from [Notexec] to
[Exec].

INITIALIZATION OF MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSMISSION SYSTEM

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 64/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

WITHOUT USING INTELLIGENT TESTER


HINT:

•  The learning values and the DTC history of the multi-mode manual transmission
system are stored in the EEP ROM in the transmission control ECU. The stored
information is not cleared even when the negative terminal of the battery is
disconnected. To clear all the stored information, initialize the transmission
control ECU.
•  If the initialization of the multi-mode manual transmission system fails, perform
the operation again from step (a) more than 15 seconds after turning the ignition
switch off.
•  If the initialization cannot be performed normally, there may be a malfunction in
the shift lever position sensor, NE signals, or CAN communication.
•  When replacing the following parts, proceed with the operations in the order
listed in the table below.

See
Parts installed Operation order
 procedure
•  Transmission assembly 1. INITIALIZATION OF MULTI-MODE
•  Transmission parts MANUAL TRANSMISSION SYSTEM See below
(inside gear box) [Initialization of ECU]
•  Shift and select actuator 2. LEARNING OF MULTI-MODE
(with clutch actuator) See below
MANUAL TRANSMISSION SYSTEM
•  Transmission control
ECU 3. SYNCHRONIZATION POSITION
CALIBRATION
1. INITIALIZATION OF MULTI-MODE
MANUAL TRANSMISSION SYSTEM See below
•  Shift stroke sensor [Initialization of transmission]
•  Select stroke sensor 2. LEARNING OF MULTI-MODE
See below
MANUAL TRANSMISSION SYSTEM
3. SYNCHRONIZATION POSITION
CALIBRATION
•  Clutch actuator 1. INITIALIZATION OF MULTI-MODE
• 
•  Clutch
Clutch stroke sensor
disc and clutch MANUAL TRANSMISSION
[Initialization of clutch] SYSTEM See below
cover
•  Clutch release bearing
•  Clutch release fork 2. LEARNING OF MULTI-MODE
  Clutch release lever See below

MANUAL TRANSMISSION SYSTEM
•  Flywheel
•  End plate (2SZ-FE

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 65/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

only)
•  Crankshaft

1.  Prepare the vehicle:



  Stop the vehicle.
•  Shift the lever to the N position.
•  Turn the ignition switch off.

2.  Using SST, connect terminals TC (13) and CG (4) of the DLC3.

SST
09843-18040

3.  Wait at least 10 seconds.


4.  Turn the ignition switch on (IG).

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 66/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 67/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

9.  Depress the brake pedal once.

0.  The buzzer sounds at intervals of 0.5 seconds as follows (an interval of 2.5
seconds exists between each cycle).
  Twice when initializing the ECU (one cycle)

  Three times when initializing the clutch (one cycle)


  Four times when initializing the transmission (one cycle)


HINT:

•  If the buzzer does not sound as specified, wait at least 15 seconds


after turning the ignition switch off. Then, perform the procedure
from step (a) again.
  If the buzzer sounds at intervals of 1 second (not at intervals of 0.5

seconds), wait at least 15 seconds after turning the ignition switch


off. Then, perform the procedure from step (a) again.
10. Depress the brake pedal 3 times or more within 2 seconds.

0.  The buzzer sounds twice with an interval of 0.25 seconds.


11. Turn the ignition switch off and wait at least 10 seconds.
12. The initialization is complete.
13. Disconnect the SST from terminals TC and CG of the DLC3.

LEARNING OF MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSMISSION SYSTEM WITHOUT


USING INTELLIGENT TESTER
HINT:

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 68/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

•  Perform the procedure below to ensure that the initialized transmission control
ECU stores the adjusted clutch position or gear position.
•  If the learning of the multi-mode manual transmission system fails, perform the
operation again from step (a) more than 15 seconds after turning the ignition
switch off.

1.  Prepare the vehicle:


  Stop the vehicle.

  Shift the shift lever to the N position.


  Turn the ignition switch off.


2.  Turn the ignition switch on (IG).


3.  Wait at least 40 seconds.
4.  Turn the ignition switch off.
5.  Wait at least 20 seconds.
6.  Turn the ignition switch on (IG).
7.  Start the engine under the following conditions:
• 
•  Shift
Brakelever
pedalisisindepressed.
the N position.

HINT:
The shift N position indicator blinks when the engine starts.

8.  Wait at least 10 seconds.


9.  Check that the shift N position indicator turns on continuously (stops blinking).
10. The learning is complete.

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 69/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

MULTI-MODE MANUAL
TRANSAXLE SYSTEM >

CALIBRATION
for Preparation

SYNCHRONIZATION POSITION CALIBRATION


For smoother shifting, the transmission control ECU learns the synchronization position
of the transmission gears. Perform the synchronization position calibration of the multi-
mode manual transmission while driving the vehicle after repairing system components.
HINT:
When replacing the following parts, proceed with the operation in the order listed
in the table below.

See
Parts installed Operation order
 procedure
 
• Transmission assembly 1. INITIALIZATION OF MULTI-MODE
 
• Transmission parts MANUAL TRANSMISSION SYSTEM
(inside gear box) [Initialization of ECU]
 

Shift and select actuator 2. LEARNING OF MULTI-MODE
(with clutch actuator) MANUAL TRANSMISSION SYSTEM
  Transmission control

ECU 3. SYNCHRONIZATION POSITION


See below
CALIBRATION

 
• Shift stroke sensor
1. INITIALIZATION OF MULTI-MODE
MANUAL TRANSMISSION SYSTEM

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 70/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

[Initialization of transmission]

•  Select stroke sensor 2. LEARNING OF MULTI-MODE


MANUAL TRANSMISSION SYSTEM
3. SYNCHRONIZATION POSITION
See below
CALIBRATION
•  Clutch actuator 1. INITIALIZATION OF MULTI-MODE
•  Clutch stroke sensor MANUAL TRANSMISSION SYSTEM
•  Clutch disc and clutch [Initialization of clutch]
cover
•  Clutch release bearing
•  Clutch release fork
•  Clutch release lever
•  Flywheel 2. LEARNING OF MULTI-MODE
•  End plate (2SZ-FE MANUAL TRANSMISSION SYSTEM
only)

  Crankshaft

1.  While driving the vehicle in M-mode, shift up and down between 1st and 5th at
the vehicle speeds specified below.
2.  Check that the gears shift smoothly.

Recommended Gear Shifting Speeds


Gear Change Gear Position Vehicle Speed
1st→2nd 25 to 40 km/h (15.5 to 24.8 mph)
2nd→3rd 45 to 80 km/h (27.9 to 49.7 mph)
Up shift
3rd→4th 60 to 110 km/h (37.2 to 68.3 mph)
4th→5th 75 to 140 km/h (46.6 to 86.9 mph)
Down shift 2nd→1st 25 to 35 km/h (15.5 to 21.7 mph)
3.  HINT:
•  Leave an interval of more than 2 seconds between gear changes.
•  If there is a shock when changing gears after the synchronization position
calibration, perform the synchronization position calibration again.

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 71/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

MULTI-MODE MANUAL

TRANSAXLE SYSTEM > PROBLEM


SYMPTOMS TABLE
for Preparation

HINT:

 
• When a malfunction cannot be confirmed by conducting a DTC check and the
cause of the problem cannot be identified through a basic inspection, troubleshoot
in accordance with the priority order indicated in the table below.
  Inspect the fuse and relay before confirming the suspected areas as shown in the

chart below.

 NOTICE:
When removing the following parts, perform the operations correctly by
following the precautions on the relevant pages.

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 72/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

Problem Symptoms for Multi-Mode Manual Transmission


See
Symptom Suspected area
 page
1. Transmission unit (Gears, bearings,
shift fork, synchronizer ring, shift key,
etc.)
2. Clutch disk (Clutch cover)
3. Clutch stroke sensor
4. Clutch actuator assembly
 No up-shift, No down-shift 5. Shift stroke sensor
6. Select stroke sensor
7. Shift and select actuator
8. Shift lever position sensor
9. Shift lever assembly
10. Speed signal circuit
11. Transmission control ECU
1. Multi-mode manual transmission
warning light circuit
Multi-mode manual transmission
2. IG signal circuit
warning light defective
3. ECU power source circuit

4. Transmission control ECU


1. Multi-mode manual transmission
warning light circuit
Shift position indicator light defective
2. IG signal circuit
3. Transmission control ECU
Buzzer does not sound when incorrect
operation occurs (built into transmission 1. Transmission control ECU
control ECU)
1. Multi-mode manual transmission
warning light circuit
Buzzer does not sound when incorrect 2. IG signal circuit
operation occurs (built into combination
3. Front door courtesy switch
meter)
4. Combination meter
5. Transmission control ECU

Shift impossible to any gear


1. Transmission unit (Gears, bearings,
shift fork, synchronizer ring, shift key,

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 73/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 74/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

down during E mode driving 2. Transmission shift main switch


3. Shift lever position sensor
4. Transmission control ECU
1. Transmission shift main switch
Mode switch impossible (E to M) 2. Shift lever assembly
3. Transmission control ECU
1. Shift lever position sensor
Setting to 1st or R positions impossible
2. Transmission control ECU
1. Accelerator pedal position sensor
(1KR-FE)
Shift timing delays occur during M
2. Accelerator pedal position sensor
mode driving
(2SZ-FE)
3. Transmission control ECU
Assist control does not operate when 1. Parking brake switch circuit
engine started 2. Transmission control ECU
1. SFI system (1KR-FE)
2. SFI system (2SZ-FE)
3. Starter signal circuit
4. Stop light switch circuit
Engine does not crank 5. Shift lever position sensor
6. Starter (for 1KR-FE 0.9 kW)

7. Starter (for 1KR-FE 1.3 kW)


8. Starter (for 2SZ-FE)
10. Transmission control ECU
1. Oil (level low)
2. Oil (Wrong)
 Noise
3. Gear (Worn or damaged)
4. Bearing (Worn or damaged)
1. Oil (Level too high)
2. Gasket (Damaged)
Oil leakage
3. Oil seal (Worn or damaged)
4. O-ring (Worn or damaged)

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 75/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

MULTI-MODE MANUAL
TRANSAXLE SYSTEM >
TERMINALS OF ECU
for Preparation

Transmission Control ECU:

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 76/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

Symbols
Wiring Specified
(Terminal Terminal Description Condition
Color Condition
 No.)
+B - GND
Battery (ECU power
(D79-1 - B - W-B Always 10 to 14 V
source)
D79-6)
IG - GND
Ignition switch off →  Below 1 V → 
(D79-3 - O - W-B Ignition switch
on (IG) 10 to 14 V
D79-6)
Ignition switch on
(IG),
PKB - GND
Parking brake switch 10 to 14 V → 
(D79-4 - P - W-B Parking brake switch
OFF → ON Below 1 V
D79-6) (Parking brake lever
released → pulled)
Ignition switch on
SLS - GND
LG - W- (IG), 10 to 14 V → 
(D79-5 - Shift lock solenoid
B Brake pedal depressed Below 1 V
D79-6)
→ Released
GND - Body
ground W-B -
(D79-6 - Body Ground Always Below 1 Ω 
Body ground
ground)
MDSW - Ignition switch on
GND Transmission shift (IG), 10 to 14 V → 
L - W-B
(D79-10 - main switch Shift lever position E Below 1 V
D79-6) → M
LS4C - Shift lever position Ignition switch on 10 to 14 V → 
B - W-B
GND sensor (IG), Below 1 V

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 77/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

(D79-11 - Shift lever position N


D79-6) → except N
LS3C - Ignition switch on
GND Shift lever position (IG), 10 to 14 V → 
W - W-B
(D79-12 - sensor Shift lever position E Below 1 V
D79-6) or M → R or N
LS2C - Ignition switch on
GND LG - W- Shift lever position (IG), 10 to 14 V → 
(D79-13 - B sensor Shift lever position R Below 1 V
D79-6) → Except R
LSW5 - Ignition switch on
GND Shift lever position (IG), 10 to 14 V → 
R - W-B
(D79-15 - sensor Shift lever position Below 1 V
D79-6) except [-] → [-]
LSW4 - Ignition switch on
GND G - W-B Shift lever position (IG), 10 to 14 V → 
(D79-16 - sensor Shift lever position Below 1 V
D79-6) except N → N
Ignition switch on
LSW3 -
(IG),
GND Shift lever position 10 to 14 V → 
B - W-B Shift lever position R
(D79-17 - sensor Below 1 V
or N → Except R and
D79-6)
 N
LSW2 - Ignition switch on
GND Shift lever position (IG), 10 to 14 V → 
W - W-B
(D79-18
D79-6) - sensor Shift leverRposition
except → R Below 1 V

LSW1 - Ignition switch on


GND GR - W- Shift lever position (IG), 10 to 14 V → 
(D79-19 - B sensor Shift lever position Below 1 V
D79-6) except [+] → [+]
Ignition switch on
PWR - GND
GR - W- (IG), 10 to 14 V → 
(D79-23 - Pattern select switch
B Pattern select switch Below 1 V
D79-6)
OFF → ON

DG - GND
(D79-25 - P - W-B Terminal TC of DLC3 Ignition switch
→ Connect on (IG) 10 to 14 V → 
terminals
Below 1 V
D79-6) TC and CG of DLC3
INDC -
Communication line
GND
R - W-B with combination Always Below 1.44 V
(D79-29 -
meter
D79-6)

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 78/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

INDA - Pulse
Communication line
GND generation
Y - W-B with combination Ignition switch on (IG)
(D79-31 - (See waveform
meter
D79-6) 1)
STP - GND
(D79-34 - G - W-B Stop light switch Brake→pedal to 14 1VV→ 
depressed 10Below
 Released
D79-6)
Ignition switch on
ST1- - GND
(IG), 10 to 14 V → 
(D79-35 - Y - W-B Stop light switch
Brake pedal released Below 1 V
D79-6)
→ depressed
CAN+ - Pulse
CAN- generation
W-B CAN communication Ignition switch on (IG)
(A38-1 - (See waveform
A38-2) 2)
MREL -
GND LG - W- AMT relay (motor Ignition switch off →  Below 1 V → 
(A38-5 - B  power source) on (IG) 10 to 14 V
D79-6)
Ignition switch off,
STA - GND Starter relay operation
Brake pedal depressed, Below 1 V → 
(A38-6 - SB - W-B signal
Shift lever position N 10 to 14 V
D79-6) (input)
→ Starter operates
Ignition switch on
RSW - GND
(IG), Below 1 V → 
(A38-9 - R - W-B Back-up light switch
D79-6) Shift leverRposition
except → R 10 to 14 V

Pulse
 NE - GND
Engine speed signal generation
(A38-10 - L - W-B Idling
from ECM (See waveform
D79-6)
3)
Pulse
 NIP- - NIP+ Engine running,
Transmission generation
(A38-15 - V-P Clutch engaged
revolution sensor (See waveform
A38-16) (during driving)
4)

E2S1 - GND
(A38-17 - P - W-B Shift stroke
groundsensor Always Below 1Ω 
D79-6) (main)
VSS1 -
Shift stroke sensor
GND
B - W-B voltage monitor Ignition switch on (IG) 0.5 V to 4.5 V
(A38-18 -
(main)
D79-6)

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 79/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

VCS1 -
GND Shift stroke sensor
W - W-B Ignition switch on (IG) 4.5 V to 5.5 V
(A38-19 -  power source (main)
D79-6)
VCL1 -
GND O - W-B Select stroke sensor Ignition switch on (IG) 4.5 V to 5.5 V
(A38-20 -  power source (main)
D79-6)
VSL1 -
Select stroke sensor
GND
V - W-B voltage monitor Ignition switch on (IG) 0.5 V to 4.5 V
(A38-21 -
(main)
D79-6)
E2L1 -
GND Select stroke sensor
Y - W-B Always Below 1 Ω 
(A38-22 - ground (main)
D79-6)
Pulse
SPD - GND Ignition switch on
generation
(A38-23 - V - W-B Vehicle speed signal (IG),
(See waveform
D79-6) during driving
5)
E2L2 -
GND GR - W- Select stroke sensor
Always Below 1 Ω 
(A38-24 - B ground (sub)
D79-6)
E2R1 -

GND -
(A38-25 LG B
- W- Clutch stroke
ground sensor
(main) Always Below 1 Ω 
D79-6)
VSR1 -
Clutch stroke sensor
GND
B - W-B voltage monitor Ignition switch on (IG) 0.5 V to 4.5 V
(A38-26 -
(main)
D79-6)
VCR1 -
GND Clutch stroke sensor
W - W-B Ignition switch on (IG) 4.5 V to 5.5 V
(A38-27 -  power source (main)
D79-6)
E2S2 - GND
GR - W- Shift stroke sensor
(A38-28 - Always Below 1 Ω 
B ground (sub)
D79-6)
VSS2 -
GND BR - W- Shift stroke sensor
Ignition switch on (IG) 0.5 V to 4.5 V
(A38-29 - B voltage monitor (sub)
D79-6)

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 80/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

VCS2 -
GND Shift stroke sensor
R - W-B Ignition switch on (IG) 4.5 V to 5.5 V
(A38-30 -  power source (sub)
D79-6)
VCL2 -
GND L - W-B Select stroke sensor Ignition switch on (IG) 4.5 V to 5.5 V
(A38-31 -  power source (sub)
D79-6)
VSL2 -
GND LG - W- Select stroke sensor
Ignition switch on (IG) 0.5 V to 4.5 V
(A38-32 - B voltage monitor (sub)
D79-6)
E2R2 -
GND GR - W- Clutch stroke sensor
Always Below 1 Ω 
(A38-33 - B ground (sub)
D79-6)
VSR2 -
GND BR - W- Clutch stroke sensor
Ignition switch on (IG) 0.5 V to 4.5 V
(A38-34 - B voltage monitor (sub)
D79-6)
VCR2 -
GND Clutch stroke sensor
G - W-B Ignition switch on (IG) 4.5 V to 5.5 V
(A38-35 -  power source (sub)
D79-6)
MSF+ - Ignition switch on
Pulse
GND -
(A37-1 B - W-B Shift motor motor not(IG),
operating →  generation
()
D79-6) operating
+BM - GND
Ignition switch off →  Below 1 V → 
(A37-2 - B - W-B Motor power source
on (IG) 10 to 14 V
D79-6)
MSF- - Ignition switch on Below 1 V → 
GND (IG), Pulse
W - W-B Shift motor
(A37-3 - motor not operating →  generation
D79-6) operating ()

MSL-
GND - Ignition switch on
(IG), Below 1 V → 
Pulse
L - W-B Select motor
(A37-4 - motor not operating →  generation
D79-6) operating ()
MSL+ - Ignition switch on Below 1 V → 
GND (IG), Pulse
B - W-B Select motor
(A37-5 - motor not operating →  generation
D79-6) operating ()

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 81/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

MCL- - Ignition switch on Below 1 V → 


GND GR - W- (IG), Pulse
Clutch motor
(A37-6 - B motor not operating →  generation
D79-6) operating ()
MCL+ - Ignition switch on Below 1 V → 
GND G - W-B Clutch motor (IG), Pulse
(A37-7 - motor not operating →  generation
D79-6) operating ()
PGND -
Body
W-B -
ground
Body Ground Always Below 1 Ω 
(A37-8 -
ground
Body
ground)

1.  Waveform 1:
Communication with Combination Meter

Terminal INDA - GND


Gauge set 2 V/DIV, 500 μs/DIV
Condition Ignition switch on (IG)

2. 

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 82/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

3.  Waveform 2:
CAN Communication Terminal

Terminal CAN+ - CAN-


Gauge set 1 V/DIV, 50 μs/DIV
Condition Ignition switch on (IG)

4. 

5.  Waveform 3:
Engine speed signal from ECM

Terminal NE - GND
Gauge set 5 V/DIV, 5 ms/DIV
Condition Engine idling

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 83/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

6. 

7.  Waveform 4:
Transmission Revolution Sensor Terminal

Terminal NIP- - NIP+


Gauge set 500 mV/DIV, 500 μs/DIV
Vehicle speed of
Condition approximately 30 km/h (19
mph)

8. 

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 84/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

9.  Waveform 5:
Vehicle Speed Signal Terminal

Terminal SPD - GND


Gauge set 5 V/DIV, 20 ms/DIV
Vehicle speed of
Condition approximately 20 km/h (12
mph)

ECM:

Symbols Terminal Specified


Wiring Color Condition
(Terminal No.) Description Condition
Pulse
CAN+ - CAN-
CAN Ignition switch generation
(A32-34 - A32- W-B
Communication on (IG) (See waveform
26)
1)
Pulse
 NEO - E1 Engine speed generation
(C33-64 - A32- L - W-B Engine idling
signal (See waveform
1)
2)
E1 - Body
ground W-B - Body
Ground Always Below 1 Ω 
(A32-1 - Body ground
ground)

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 85/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

1.  Waveform 1:
CAN Communication Terminal

Terminal CAN+ - CAN-


Gauge set 1 V/DIV, 50 μs/DIV
Condition Ignition switch on (IG)

2. 

3.  Waveform 2:
Engine speed signal

Terminal NEO - E1

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 86/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

Gauge set 5 V/DIV, 5 ms/DIV


Condition Engine idling

MULTI-MODE MANUAL
TRANSAXLE SYSTEM >
DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM
for Preparation

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 87/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

DESCRIPTION

•  The transmission control ECU has a self-diagnosis system. If the ECU, the multi-
mode manual transmission system or any components fail to operate correctly, the

ECU detects the


transmission malfunction,
warning light on and illuminates the
the combination multi-mode manual
meter.
The multi-mode manual transmission warning light is illuminated when the multi-
mode manual transmission system malfunctions.

• 

•  When troubleshooting Euro-OBD vehicles, the only difference from the usual
troubleshooting procedure is that an OBD scan tool (complying with ISO 15765-
4) or an intelligent tester is connected to the vehicle, and various data output from
the vehicle ECU is read.
•  Euro-OBD regulations require that the vehicle's on board computer illuminates
the MIL (Malfunction Indicator Lamp) on the combination meter when the ECM
(Engine Control Module) detects a malfunction in: 1) the emission control
systems and components, or 2) the powertrain control components (which affect
vehicle emissions), or 3) the ECM. Therefore, the transmission control ECU

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 88/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

illuminates the MIL and multi-mode manual transmission warning light together
if malfunctions related to these systems or components are detected.
•  If the malfunction does not recur on 3 consecutive trips, the MIL goes out
automatically. However, the DTCs remain recorded in the transmission control
ECU memory.

• 

•  To check DTCs, connect the OBD scan tool or intelligent tester to the DLC3
(Data Link Connector 3) on the vehicle. The OBD scan tool or intelligent tester
also enables the DTCs to be erased and the freeze frame data and various forms of
engine data to be checked. See the instruction manual of the OBD scan tool or
intelligent tester for details.
•  The DTCs include ISO controlled codes and manufacturer controlled codes. ISO
controlled codes must be set as prescribed by the ISO, while manufacturer
controlled codes can be set by the manufacturer within prescribed limits ().

FREEZE FRAME DATA

•  Freeze frame data record the vehicle conditions (engine speed, vehicle speed,
transmission gear position, shift position, etc.) when malfunctions are detected.
When troubleshooting, the freeze frame data can help determine if the vehicle was

moving or stationary, if the engine was warmed up or not, the transmission gear
was in neutral or not, and other data, from the time the malfunction occurred.

DLC3 (Data Link Connector 3)

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 89/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

1.  The ECU uses ISO 15765-4 for communication. The terminal arrangement of the
DLC3 complies with ISO 15031-3 and matches the ISO 15765-4 format.

Terminal Reference
Symbol  Name Result Condition
 No. terminal
5-Signal Pulse During
SIL 7 Bus "+" line
ground generation transmission
Chassis
CG 4 Body ground 1 Ω or less Always
ground
Signal
SG 5 Body ground 1 Ω or less Always
ground

BAT 16 Battery Body ground 9 to 14 V Always


 positive
Ignition switch
14 - CANL 54 to 69 Ω 
off *
CAN "High" Battery 1 MΩ or Ignition switch
CANH 6
line  positive higher off *
1 k Ω or Ignition switch
4 - CG
higher off *
Battery 1 MΩ or Ignition switch
CAN "Low"  positive higher off *
CANL 14 line 1 k Ω or Ignition switch
4 - CG
higher off *
2.   NOTICE:
3.  *: Before measuring the resistance, leave the vehicle as is for at least 1 minute and
do not operate the ignition switch, any other switches or the doors.
4.  HINT:

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 90/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

5.  The DLC3 is the interface prepared for reading various data from the vehicle's
ECU. After connecting the cable of an intelligent tester or OBD scan tool, turn the
ignition switch on (IG) and turn the tester or scan tool ON.
6.  If a communication failure message is displayed on the tester or scan tool screen
(on the tester: no information available), a problem exists in either the vehicle or

tester.
anotherInvehicle.
order to identify the location of the problem, connect the tester to
If communication is normal: Inspect the DLC3 on the original vehicle.
If communication is impossible: The problem is probably with the tester itself.
Consult the service department listed in the instruction manual.

CHECK MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSMISSION WARNING LIGHT

1.  Turn the ignition switch on (IG).


2.  Check that the warning light illuminates for 5 seconds. If the warning light does
not illuminate, proceed to troubleshooting the multi-mode manual transmission
warning light circuit ().

BATTERY VOLTAGE

1.  Measure the voltage of the battery.

Standard voltage:
11 to 14 V

If the voltage is below 11 V, recharge the battery before proceeding.

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 91/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

2.  Inspect the battery, fuses, fusible links, wiring harness, connectors and ground.

MULTI-MODE MANUAL
TRANSAXLE SYSTEM > DTC
CHECK / CLEAR
for Preparation

HINT:

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 92/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

DTCs which are stored in the transmission control ECU can be displayed on the
intelligent tester.

CHECK DTC (Using intelligent tester)

1.  Connect the intelligent tester to the DLC3.


2.  Turn the ignition switch on (IG) and turn the intelligent tester ON.
3.  Select the following menu items: Powertrain / Multi-Mode M/T.
4.  Check DTCs and freeze frame data, and write them down.
5.  See DTC chart to confirm the details of the DTCs ().

HINT:
Intelligent testers can display current DTC data, pending DTC data and historical
DTC data. Touch the [Current], [Pending] or [History] button on the DTC display
screen.
[Current]: Displays the current DTC data.
[Pending]: Displays the pending DTC data
[History]: Displays the historical DTC data (past codes).

FREEZE FRAME DATA

1.  Connect the intelligent tester to the DLC3.


2.  Turn the ignition switch on (IG) and turn the intelligent tester ON.
3.  Read DTCs by selecting the following menu items: Powertrain / Multi-Mode M/T
/ DTC.
4.  Select the parameter(s) to check the freeze frame data.
5.   Note down the DTC(s) and freeze frame data.

HINT:

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 93/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

•  A "!" displayed to the left of DTC data shown in red indicates that freeze
frame data has been recorded for that parameter.
•  For further information about using the intelligent tester, refer to the
instruction manual.

CLEAR DTCs AND FREEZE FRAME DATA (Using intelligent tester)

1.  Connect the intelligent tester to the DLC3.


2.  Turn the ignition switch on (IG) and turn the intelligent tester ON.
3.  Select the following menu items: Powertrain / Multi-Mode M/T / DTC / Clear.
4.  Erase DTCs and freeze frame data by pressing the YES button on the tester.

HINT:
For further information about using the intelligent tester, refer to the instruction
manual.

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 94/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

MULTI-MODE MANUAL

TRANSAXLE
SAFE CHARTSYSTEM > FAIL-
for Preparation

FAIL-SAFE CHART

1.  If any of the following codes is recorded, the transmission control ECU enters the
fail-safe mode.

DTC No. Malfunction Areas Fail-safe Functions Fail-safe D


Either (a) or

10. 
cond

•  Gear does
•  P0806 •  Clutch stroke •
not change
•  P0807 sensor or its circuit
•  Vehicle does
•  P0808 •  Clutch •
not start moving
•  P0810 actuator assembly or
again after stopping
•  P0900 its circuit •

11. 
dete
off

•  P0807 •  Clutch stroke Either of (a)


•  P0808 sensor or its circuit •  Limit to 3rd
•  P0906 •  Select stroke gears or lower 22. 
•  P0907 sensor or its circuit follo
•  P0916 •  Shift stroke •

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 95/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

•  P0917 sensor or its circuit


23. 
dete
off

Either (a) or

40. 
•  P0905 •  Shift stroke
cond
• 
•  P0906
P0907 •  sensor or its circuit
Shift •  Gear does

•  P0909 actuator assembly or not change



•  P0910 its circuit •  Vehicle does
•  P0915 •  Select stroke not start moving

•  P0916 sensor or its circuit again after stopping
•  P0917 •  Select
  P0919 actuator assembly or
41. 

•  P0920 its circuit


dete
off

Either (a) or

46. 
cond
•  Convert •

engine revolution
signals into CAN •
•  Engine speed
•  P0725 communication
input circuit
signals
•   No effect •

47. 
dete
off

•  Vehicle •  Gear does Either (a) or


•  P0500
speed sensor or its not shift down while
  P0715
54. 

circuit driving

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 96/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

•  Transmission •  Only cond


revolution sensor or  possible to drive in •

its circuit 1st or reverse gears


after vehicle stops •

55. 
dete
off

•  Gear does
•  Transmission not change
control ECU •
  Engine
•  Clutch cannot be started
•  P0603 Pass conditi
actuator, shift •  Transmission
•  P0885 ignition swi
actuator, select control ECU stops
actuator power engine when vehicle
source circuit stops

•  Impossible
•  Shift lever
to enter M-mode
 position sensor or its
•  Gear does
circuit Pass conditi
•  P0820 not shift to 1st or
 

Transmission reverse (and forward ignition swi
shift main switch or
or backward gears)
its circuit

•  Crankshaft •  Gear does


•  P0335 Pass conditi
 position sensor or its not change
•  P0339 ignition swi
circuit
Either (a) or

76. 
•  Gear does
cond
not change

•  CAN •  Only
•  U0100 communication  possible to drive in

signal circuit 1st or reverse gears
after vehicle stops

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 97/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

77. 
dete
off

HINT:

*
•  : Transmission gear: Actual transmission gear position
•  The transmission control ECU identifies the actual transmission gear
 position through the signals from the shift stroke sensor and select stroke
sensor.
•  The transmission control ECU identifies the shift lever position through
the signal from the shift lever position sensor.

MULTI-MODE MANUAL

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 98/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

TRANSAXLE SYSTEM > DATA


LIST / ACTIVE TEST
for Preparation

DATA LIST
HINT:
By reading the Data List displayed on an intelligent tester, you can check values,
including those of the switches, sensors, and actuators, without removing any
 parts. Reading the Data List as the first step of troubleshooting is one method of

shortening diagnostic time.


 NOTICE:
In the table below, the values listed under Normal Conditions are for reference
only. Do not depend solely on these values when determining whether or not a
 part is faulty.

1.  Warm up the engine.


2.  Turn the ignition switch off.
3.  Connect an intelligent tester to the DLC3.
4.  Turn the ignition switch on (IG) and turn the tester ON.
5.  Select the following menu items: Powertrain / Multi-Mode M/T / Data List.
6.  Check the values by referring to the table below.

Items Measurement  Normal


Diagnostic Notes
[Abbreviation] Items: Display Conditions
MIL Status MIL status: ON: MIL
-
[MIL Status] OFF or ON comes on
1KR-FE:
11 to 25 %:
Idling
Calculated Load calculated 15 to 35 %:
Engine Load  by ECM: Running
-
[Calc E/G Min.: 0 %, Max.: without load
Load] 100 % (2,500 rpm)
2SZ-FE:
12.8 to 19.2 %:
Idling

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 99/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

10.3 to 17.9 %:
Running
without load
(2,500 rpm)
1KR-FE:
75 to 95°C (167 •  If value -40 °C
to 203°F):
Engine (-40 °F): sensor circuit
Coolant After engine
Coolant open
temperature: warmed up
Temperature •  If value 140 °C
Min.: -40°C, 2SZ-FE:
[Coolant (284 °F): sensor circuit
Max.: 140°C 80 to 100°C
Temp] shorted
(176 to 212°F):
After engine
warmed up
Engine Run
Engine run time:
Time Time since
[Eng Run Min.: 0 s, Max.: engine start -
65535 s
Time]
Engine 1KR-FE:
revolutions per 730 to 830 rpm: If NE signal circuit has a short
Engine
minute: Idling or open circuit, back-up engine
Revolution
Min.: 0 rpm, 2SZ-FE: speed data from CAN
[Engine Rev]
Max.: 16,383.75 600 to 700 rpm: communication displayed
rpm Idling
0 km/h (0 mph):
Vehicle
Vehicle Speed Vehicle speed: stationary When vehicle speed
malfunctions, speed value
signal
Min.: 0 km/h, Approximately
[Vehicle Spd] calculated from input
Max.: 255 km/h same value as
revolution signal displayed
combination
meter display
Battery Battery voltage:
10 to 15 V:
Voltage Min.: 0 V, Max.: -
Idling
[Batt] 65.535 V
Accumulated
driving mileage
Drive Mile
after since
malfunction 0 km/h (0 mph): Distance driven since
Malfunction occurrence of diagnosis
detection: System normal
[Driving malfunction displayed
Min.: 0 km/h,
Mileage]
Max.: 65,535
km/h
Running Time Running time Equivalent to
-
from MIL ON from MIL ON: running time

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 100/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

[MIL On Run Min.: 0 min, since MIL ON


Time] Max.: 65535 min
Warmup Warm-up cycle
Cycle Cleard since DTC
 Number of warm-up cycles
DTC cleared: -
[Wu Cyc DTC Min.: 0 , Max.: since DTC cleared
clear] 255
Distance from Distance since Equivalent to
DTC Cleared DTC cleared: drive distance
-
[Dist DTC Min.: 0 Km, since DTCs
Clear] Max.: 65535 Km erased
Time after Time since DTC
Equivalent to
DTC Cleared cleared:
time since -
[Time DTC Min.: 0 min,
DTCs erased
Clear] Max.: 65535 min

Vehicle Speed Vehicle speed When vehicle speed signal


signal: 0 km/h (0 mph):
Signal malfunctions, speed value
Min.: 0 km/h, Vehicle
[Vehicle Spd calculated from input
Max.: 327.675 stationary
Sig] revolution signal displayed
km/h
Transmission
When input revolution signal
Input input revolution:
0 rpm: Vehicle malfunctions, value calculated
Revolution Min.: 0 rpm,
stationary from vehicle speed signal
[Input Rev.] Max.: 12,800
displayed
rpm

Back-up engine Approximately


same as
Backup
speed from CAN tachometer
Engine Speed 0 rpm displayed when CAN
communication: reading: Engine
[Bacup Engin communication malfunctions
Min.: 0 rpm, running
Spd]
Max.: 8,160 rpm 0 rpm: Engine
stopped
Accelerator Accelerator
0 %:
Pedal Angle  pedal angle: 0 % displayed when CAN
Accelerator
[Accel Pedl Min.: 0 %, Max.: communication malfunctions
 pedal released
Angl] 100 %
Theoretical Theoretical
Engine Torque engine torque:
0 N*m: Idling -
[Theoretic Min.: 0 N*m,
Torq] Max.: 255 N*m
Clutch Current clutch 19.0 mm (0.74
Current clutch position
Position  position: in.) to 44.0 mm
displayed
(Current) Min.: 0 mm, (1.73 in.)

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 101/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

[Clutch Pos- Max.: 127.998


Cur] mm
Current shift
Shift Position
 position: 5.0 mm (0.20 Current shift position value
(Current)
Min.: 0 mm, in.) to 31.9 mm displayed (1st, 3rd, 5th, or
[Shift
Cur] Pos- Max.: 127.998 (1.25 in.)  Neutral, or 2nd, 4th, Reverse)
mm
Current select
Select Position
 position: 3.0 mm (0.11 Current select position value
(Current)
Min.: 0 mm, in.) to 29.0 mm displayed (gear shift fork shaft
[Select Pos-
Max.: 127.998 (1.14 in.)  No. 1, No. 2 or No. 3)
Cur]
mm
Shift lever
Shift Lever
 position: Actual shift
Position Judge
INVALID lever position -
[Shift Pos
Judge] POSITION, P, displayed
R, N, E, M
Transmission
Calculated AT Equivalent to
fluid temperature
Oil actual
calculated by
Temperature transmission -
ECU:
[AT Oil fluid
Min.: -128°C,
Temp] temperature
Max.: 127°C
Shift Lever
Shift lever ON: Shift lever
Switch
switch signal  position in (+) LSW1(LSW+) terminal signal
Signal1
[Shift SW (+): OFF: Other of transmission control ECU
OFF or ON than above
Sig1]
Shift Lever
Shift lever ON: Shift lever
Switch
switch signal  position in (R) LSW2 (LSWR) terminal signal
Signal2
(R): OFF: Other of transmission control ECU
[Shift SW
OFF or ON than above
Sig2]
ON: Shift lever
Shift Lever
Shift lever  position in (E),
Switch
switch signal (M), (+) or (-) LSW3 (LSWS) terminal signal
Signal3
[Shift SW (M) or (E): OFF: Shift lever of transmission control ECU
OFF or ON  position in (R)
Sig3]
or (N)
Shift Lever Shift lever ON: Shift lever
Switch switch signal  position in (N) LSW4 (LSWN) terminal signal
Signal4 (N): OFF: Other of transmission control ECU
[Shift SW OFF or ON than above

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 102/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

Sig4]
Shift Lever
ON: Shift lever
Switch Shift lever
 position in (-) LSW5 (LSW-) terminal signal
Signal5 switch signal (-):
OFF: Other of transmission control ECU
[Shift SW OFF or ON
Sig5] than above
LS2C (LSRC) terminal signal
Shift Lever Check signal of OFF: Shift lever
of transmission ECU
Check Signal1 shift lever switch  position in (R)
Reversal signal of LSW2
[Shift Chek signal 2: ON: Other than
(LSWR) (ON and OFF
Sig1] OFF or ON above
reversed)
OFF: Shift lever
LS3C (LSSC) terminal signal
Shift Lever Check signal of  position in (E),
of transmission control ECU
Check Signal2 shift lever switch (M), (+) or (-)
Reversal signal of LSW3
[Shift Chek signal 3: ON: Shift lever
(LSWS) (ON and OFF
Sig2] OFF or ON  position in (R) reversed)
or (N)
LS4C (LSNC) terminal signal
Shift Lever Check signal of OFF: Shift lever
of transmission ECU
Check Signal3 shift lever switch  position in (N)
Reversal signal of LSW4
[Shift Chek signal 4: ON: Other than
(LSWN) (ON and OFF
Sig3] OFF or ON above
reversed)
ON:
T/M Reverse Transmission During malfunctions, indicator
Transmission
Switch Signal reverse switch shows either OFF or ON
gear in reverse
[T/M R SW signal: continuously, regardless of
OFF: Other
Sig] OFF or ON than above gear position
Ignition switch
Ignition Signal ON: Ignition
signal: -
[Ignition Sig] switch on (IG)
OFF or ON
Mode Switch Transmission ON: Sequential
Signal shift main switch shift control
-
[Mode SW signal: (M-mode)
Sig] OFF or ON selected
ON: Sporty [Es]
Es Mode Es Mode Switch
mode selected
Switch Signal Signal: (Automatic -
[Es SW Sig] OFF or ON
shift control)
ON: Parking
Parking Brake Parking brake
 brake applied
Signal switch signal: -
OFF: Parking
[Pkb Sig] OFF or ON
 brake released
Brake Switch Brake switch OFF: Brake ST1- terminal signal of

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 103/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

Signal2 signal (ST1-):  pedal depressed transmission control ECU


[Brake SW OFF or ON ON: Brake
Sig2]  pedal released
Brake Switch ON: Brake
Brake switch
Signal1  pedal depressed STP terminal signal of
[Brake SW signal
OFF or(STP):
ON OFF: Brake transmission control ECU
Sig1]  pedal released
STA Switch
STA signal: ON: During
Signal -
OFF or ON cranking
[STA SW Sig]
Gear Position Current gear 0 = Non
Actual gear
(Current)  position: 1 to 6 = 1st to 6th
 position
[Gear Pos- Min.: 0, Max.: 254 = Neutral
displayed
Cur] 255 255 = Reverse
When shift
Target gear lever not 0 = Non
Gear Position operated:
 position: 1 to 6 = 1st to 6th
(Target) Target gear
Min.: 0, Max.: 254 = Neutral
[Gear Pos-Tar]  position equals
255 255 = Reverse
current gear
 position
Difference
 between actual
and target
clutch
Clutch Target clutch
 positions:
Position  position: Maximum of 15
(Target) Min.: 0 mm, -
mm during gear
[Clutch Pos- Max.: 127.998
change control
Tar] mm
operation
(varies with
vehicle
condition)
Difference
 between actual
and target shift

Target shift
Shift Position  position:  positions:
Maximum of 15
(Target) Min.: 0 mm, mm during gear -
[Shift Pos-Tar] Max.: 127.998 change control
mm operation
(varies with
vehicle
condition)

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 104/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

Difference
 between actual
and target select
Target select  positions:
Select Position
 position: Maximum of 15
(Target)
[Select Pos- Min.: 0 mm, mm during gear -
Max.: 127.998 change control
Tar]
mm operation
(varies with
vehicle
condition)
Requested clutch
Clutch Motor
motor current
Current Req Instruction (calculated) current
from CPU: -20 to 20 A
[Clutch Motor value from CPU
Min.: -50 A,
Req]
Max.: 50 A
Clutch Motor Actual clutch
Current MMT motor current: 0 A: When clutch motor not in
-20 to 20 A
[Clutch Min.: -50 A, operation
Motor] Max.: 50 A
Requested shift
Shift Motor
motor current
Current Req Instruction (calculated) current
from CPU: -40 to 40A
[Shift Motor value from CPU
Min.: -50 A,
Req]
Max.: 50 A
Actual shift
Shift Motor
Current MMT motor current: -40 to 40A 0 A: When shift motor not in
Min.: -50 A, operation
[Shift Motor]
Max.: 50 A
Requested select
Select Motor
motor current
Current Req Instruction (calculated) current
from CPU: -25 to 25 A
[Select Motor value from CPU
Min.: -50 A,
Req]
Max.: 50 A
Actual select
Select Motor
motor current: 0 A: When select motor not in
Current MMT -25 to 25 A
[Select Motor] Min.:
Max.: -50 A,
50 A operation

Base clutch load:


Base Clutch
Base clutch load: Calculated from average clutch
Load Learning value
Min.: -1000 N, motor current when ECU
[Base Clutch shown
Max.: 1000 N  performing initialization and
Load]
learning of clutch system

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 105/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

Reference value
(varies with
Current clutch load:
vehicle
Calculated from average clutch
condition)
motor current
39.33 to 45.29:
Current clutch Difference between Base
Current Clutch load (calculated Stopper Clutch Load and Current
Load  position
value): Clutch Load increases as clutch
[Current 37.07 to 43.03:
Min.: -1000 N, disks wear away
Clutch Load] Complete
Max.: 1000 N After performing LCC
engagement
adjustment, difference
 position
decreases (Almost same as
24.5 to 35.25:
Base Clutch Load value)
Standby
 position
 Number of LCC
(Load Controlled
Clutch
Count Adjust Clutch cover) When clutch motor stroke
adjustment - amount reaches certain value,
[Clutch Adj
 performed: the count increases by 1
Cnt]
Min.: 0 , Max.:
255
 Number of LCC
(Load Controlled
Clutch Adjust Clutch cover) When difference between Base
Fail Count adjustment Clutch Load and Current
-
[Clutch Adj  judged Clutch Load exceeds threshold,
Fail] unnecessary: the count increases by 1
Min.: 0 , Max.:
255
 Number of LCC
(Load Controlled
Clutch Adjust When difference between Base
Clutch cover)
Detection Clutch Load and Current
adjustment -
[Clutch Adj Clutch Load exceeds threshold,
required:
Detect] the count increases by 1
Min.: 0 , Max.:
255
11: System wake-up control
mode
12: Vehicle driving control
System control
Mode Changes mode
mode:
[Mode - 13: System end control mode
Min.: 0, Max.:
Changes] 14: System initialization mode
255
17: Engine starting control
mode
20: Fixed gear shift control

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 106/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

mode
21: Gear shift control mode
22: Shift lever lock control
mode
25: Shut-down control mode
26: Vehicle stationary control
mode
27: Vehicle start off control
mode
Gear change
Gear Mode
mode indication:
Changes - -
Min.: 0, Max.:
[Gear Mode]
255
1st Uplock
1st gear up-lock
Signal
signal:
[1st Uplock
Sig] OFF or ON
2nd Uplock
2nd gear up-lock
Signal
signal:
[2nd Uplock
OFF or ON
Sig]
3rd Uplock If gear shift fails, uplock signal
3rd gear up-lock
Signal indicates whether transmission
signal:
[3rd Uplock up-lock has occurred or not
OFF or ON
Sig] Up-lock:
-
4th Uplock Transmission gear momentarily
Signal 4th gear up-lock cannot be engaged due to
signal: mechanical reasons (not
[4th Uplock
OFF or ON malfunction)
Sig]
5th Uplock
5th gear up-lock
Signal
signal:
[5th Uplock
OFF or ON
Sig]
Rev Uplock
Reverse gear up-
Signal
lock signal:
[Rev Uplock
OFF or ON
Sig]
Vehicle Speed Vehicle speed
ON: When momentarily
Signal Open signal circuit OFF: During
interruption in vehicle speed
[Vehicle Spd open judgement: vehicle running
signal
Open] OFF or ON
Input Rev Input revolution OFF: During ON: When abnormal pulse
Signal Open signal circuit engine running interval detected

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 107/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

[In Rev Open] open judgement:


OFF or ON
Clutch partially engaged when
following conditions met:


  Engine running
•  Transmission
ON: Clutch
gear in 1st, 2nd or
Vehicle creep  partial
Creep Control Reverse
control mode: engagement
[Creep Ctrl] •  Brake pedal not
OFF or ON continues for
depressed
long time
•  Parking brake
released
•  Accelerator
 pedal released

+B terminal low
Low Voltage OFF: +B
voltage
Signal terminal voltage -
 judgement:
[Low Volt] 8 V or more
OFF or ON
ON: High differential spin
occurred sharply at differential
gear
When following conditions
met, transmission control ECU
detects run-off in vehicle and
restricts gear shift:
Run Off Vehicle run-off
OFF: While
Signal  judgement •  Accelerator
vehicle running
[Run Off Sig] OFF or ON  pedal angle exceeds
threshold
•  SPD signal
change rate above
threshold
•  Shift position in
1st, 2nd or 3rd

ON: Calculated clutch


temperature 280°C (536°F) or
more
Clutch heat OFF: Engine
Clutch Heat Clutch temperature calculated
 judgement: idling, gear in
[Clt Heat] from relative revolution speed
OFF or ON neutral
 between engine and
transmission input shaft, clutch
torque, heat radiation, heat

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 108/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

conduction, sum of current


clutch temperature and
variation in clutch temperature,
etc.
Clutch Heat Clutch heat and
and Overuse overuse OFF:
idling,Engine
gear in ON: Calculated
temperature clutch
330°C (626°F) or
[Clt Heat  judgement:
neutral more
Overuse] OFF or ON
OFF: Target
clutch motor
Clutch Motor
Clutch motor current less than
Current
current enabled 1A -
Enable
OFF or ON ON: OFF
[Clt Curr Ena]
condition not
met

ON: Ignition
Motor Relay switch on (IG)
AMT relay drive
Signal OFF: Ignition
signal: -
[Mot Relay switch off and
OFF or ON
Sig] after system
shut-down
Shift lever lock
Shift Lever
solenoid OFF: Shift lever
Lock Solenoid -
operation: locked
[SLS]
OFF or ON
Clutch touch
Clutch Touch  position: Difference between Clutch
Position Learning value Touch position and Clutch
Min.: 0 mm,
[Clt Touch shown Clamp Position within 4.0 mm
Max.: 127.998
Pos] (0.16 in.) to 16.0 mm (0.63 in.)
mm
Clutch clamp
Clutch Clamp Difference between Clutch
 position:
Position Learning value Touch position and Clutch
Min.: 0 mm,
[Clt Clamp shown Clamp Position within 4.0 mm
Max.: 127.998
Pos] (0.16 in.) to 16.0 mm (0.63 in.)
mm
 Neutral position
 Neutral
Position (shift position): Learning value Median value between [3rd Pos
Min.: 0 mm, (Shift)] and [4th Pos (Shift)]
(Shift) shown
Max.: 127.998 displayed
[N Pos (Shift)]
mm
 Neutral  Neutral position Median value between [1st Pos
Learning value
Position (select position): (Sel)] and [5th Pos (Sel)]
shown
(Select) Min.: 0 mm, displayed

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 109/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

[N Pos (Sel)] Max.: 127.998


mm
•  Difference
 between [1st Pos
(Shift)] and [2nd Pos
1st Gear 1st gear position (Shift)] within 15.0 mm
(0.59 in.) to 19.5 mm
Position (shift position):
Learning value (0.77 in.)
(Shift) Min.: 0 mm,
shown •  Difference
[1st Pos Max.: 127.998
 between [1st Pos
(Shift)] mm
(Shift)] and [3rd Pos
(Shift)] within 1.5 mm
(0.06 in.)

1st gear position


1st Gear Difference between [1st Pos
(select position):
Position Min.: 0 mm, Learning value (Sel)] and [3rd Pos (Sel)]
(Select) shown within 5.5 mm (0.22 in.) to 8.5
Max.: 127.998
[1st Pos (Sel)] mm (0.33 in.)
mm
2nd Gear 2nd gear position
Difference between [1st Pos
Position (shift position):
Learning value (Shift)] and [2nd Pos (Shift)]
(Shift) Min.: 0 mm,
shown within 15.0 mm (0.59 in.) to
[2nd Pos Max.: 127.998
19.5 mm (0.77 in.)
(Shift)] mm
2nd gear position
2nd Gear Difference between [2nd Pos
(select position):
Position
(Select) Min.: 0 mm, Learning
shown value (Sel)]
withinand
5.5 [4th
mm Pos
(0.22(Sel)]
in.) to 8.5
Max.: 127.998
[2nd Pos (Sel)] mm (0.33 in.)
mm
•  Difference
 between [3rd Pos
(Shift)] and [4th Pos
(Shift)] within 15.0 mm
3rd Gear 3rd gear position
(0.59 in.) to 19.5 mm
Position (shift position):
Learning value (0.77 in.)
(Shift) Min.: 0 mm,
shown •  Difference
[3rd Pos Max.: 127.998
 between [5th Pos
(Shift)] mm (Shift)] and [3rd Pos
(Shift)] within 1.5 mm
(0.06 in.)

3rd Gear 3rd gear position Difference between [3rd Pos


Learning value
Position (select position): (Sel)] and [5th Pos (Sel)]
shown
(Select) Min.: 0 mm, within 5.5 mm (0.22 in.) to 8.5

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 110/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

[3rd Pos (Sel)] Max.: 127.998 mm (0.33 in.)


mm
•  Difference
 between [3rd Pos
(Shift)] and [4th Pos
4th Gear 4th gear position (Shift)] within 15.0 mm
(0.59 in.) to 19.5 mm
Position (shift position):
Learning value (0.77 in.)
(Shift) Min.: 0 mm,
shown •  Difference
[4th Pos Max.: 127.998
 between [R Pos (Shift)]
(Shift)] mm
and [4th Pos (Shift)]
within 1.5 mm (0.06
in.)

4th gear position


4th Gear Difference between [R Pos
(select position):
Position Min.: 0 mm, Learning value (Sel)] and [4th Pos (Sel)]
(Select) shown within 5.5 mm (0.22 in.) to 8.5
Max.: 127.998
[4th Pos (Sel)] mm (0.33 in.)
mm
•  Difference
 between [R Pos (Shift)]
and [5th Pos (Shift)]
within 15.0 mm (0.59
5th Gear 5th gear position
in.) to 19.5 mm (0.77
Position (shift position):
Learning value in.)
(Shift) Min.: 0 mm,
shown •  Difference
[5th Pos Max.: 127.998
(Shift)] mm  between [3rd Pos
(Shift)] and [5th Pos
(Shift)] within 1.5 mm
(0.06 in.)

5th gear position


5th Gear Difference between [5th Pos
(select position):
Position Learning value (Sel)] and [3rd Pos (Sel)]
Min.: 0 mm,
(Select) shown within 5.5 mm (0.22 in.) to 8.5
Max.: 127.998
[5th Pos (Sel)] mm (0.33 in.)
mm
•  Difference
Reverse gear  between [R Pos (Shift)]
 position (shift and [5th Pos (Shift)]
Reverse Gear
 position): Learning value within 15.0 mm (0.59
Pos (Shift)
Min.: 0 mm, shown in.) to 19.5 mm (0.77
[R Pos (Shift)]
Max.: 127.998 in.)
mm •  Difference
 between [R Pos (Shift)]

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 111/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

and [4th Pos (Shift)]


within 1.5 mm (0.06
in.)

Reverse gear
Reverse Gear  position (select Difference between [R Pos
 position): Learning value (Sel)] and [4th Pos (Sel)]
Pos (Select)
Min.: 0 mm, shown within 5.5 mm (0.22 in.) to 8.5
[R Pos (Sel)]
Max.: 127.998 mm (0.33 in.)
mm
Yes: Transmission gear
Possibility of  No:
Possibility of temporarily could not be
transmission up- Initialization
T/M Uplock engaged due to mechanical
lock: and learning
[T/M Uplock] reasons during gear position
 No or Yes complete
learning

Learn-Clutch Clutch actuator Exec:


standby position
Standby Point Initialization
learning: -
[Lern- and learning
 Notexec, Fail or
Stby_Pnt] complete
Exec
Learning T/M Exec:
Learning-T/M system: Initialization
-
[Lern-T/M]  Notexec, Fail or and learning
Exec complete
Clutch actuator
Learn-Clutch Exec:
stopper position
Stopper Point learning: Initialization -
[Lern- and learning
 Notexec, Fail or
Stppr_Pnt] complete
Exec
 Number of
# Codes codes:
- Number of detected DTCs
[# Codes] Min.: 0, Max.:
255
Check Mode Check mode: ON: Check
-
[Check Mode] OFF or ON mode ON

ACTIVE TEST
HINT:
Performing an Active Test enables components including the relays, VSV
(Vacuum Switching Valve), and actuators, to be operated without removing any
 parts. The Active Test can be performed with an intelligent tester. Performing an

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 112/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

Active Test as the first step of troubleshooting is one method of shortening


diagnostic time.
Data List can be displayed during Active Tests.

1.  Connect an intelligent tester to the DLC3.


 
2.
3.  Turn
Selectthe
theignition switch
following menuonitems:
(IG) and turn the tester
Powertrain ON.
/ Multi-Mode M/T / Active Test.
4.  Perform the Active Test by referring to the table below.

Test Details/Vehicle
Items Diagnosis Notes
conditions
If shift and select actuator does not
[Test Details]
shift to the gear indicated, there
Target gear position control
could be some malfunctions in the
Target Gear (Gear
 N, 1st,position)
2nd, 3rd, 4th, 5th, R following parts:
Shift stroke sensor
Position [Vehicle Conditions]
Select stroke sensor
Control Ignition switch on (IG),
Shift and select actuator assembly
Engine stopped, Vehicle
AMT relay
stationary, Shift lever N
Transmission assembly
 position
Transmission control ECU
If clutch actuator does not operate to
[Test Details]
the position indicated, there could be
Target clutch control
some malfunctions in the following
Standby position: Standby
 parts:
Target Clamp position: Clamp Clutch stroke sensor
Clutch [Vehicle Conditions]
Clutch actuator assembly
Control Ignition switch on (IG),
AMT relay
Engine stopped, Vehicle
Clutch release bearing
stationary, Shift lever N
Clutch release fork
 position
Transmission control ECU

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 113/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

MULTI-MODE MANUAL
TRANSAXLE SYSTEM >
ADJUSTMENT
for Preparation

1. USING INTELLIGENT TESTER: CLAMP POSITION ADJUSTMENT (CLUTCH


POSITION ADJUSTMENT)
HINT:

 
• The multi-mode manual transmission system has a load controlled clutch cover
(adjustment system). The pressure plate moves depending on the wear condition
of the clutch disc lining.
  When removing or installing any parts related to the multi-mode manual

transmission system, move the clutch actuator to the clutch clamp position. This is
for normal operation of the load controlled clutch cover (adjustment system).
  If the clutch position adjustment operation input fails, perform the operation again

from step (a) more than 15 seconds after turning the ignition switch off.

 NOTICE:

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 114/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

Do not depress the brake pedal while performing the clamp position adjustment
using an intelligent tester.

1.  Prepare the vehicle:


  Stop the vehicle.

• 
•  Shift the ignition
Turn the lever intoswitch
the Noff.
position.
•  Apply the parking brake.

2.  Connect the intelligent tester to the DLC3.

3.  Turn the ignition switch on (IG).

4.  Turn the intelligent tester ON.

5.  Select the following menu items: Powertrain / Multi-Mode M/T / Utility / Parts
Exchange.

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 115/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

6.  Read the information.

7.  Press the Next key.

8.  Read the information.

9.  After checking the vehicle condition, press the Next key.

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 116/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

10. Read the information.

11. Press the Next key.

12. Read the information.

13. Press the Next key.

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 117/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

14. On the Multi-Mode M/T / Utility screen, select Step 1 Clutch Position Adjustment
(Clamp Position Adjustment).

 
15. Press the Next key.

16. Read the information.

17. Press the Next key.

18. Complete Clutch Position Adjustment.

19. Turn the intelligent tester OFF.

20. Turn the ignition switch off.

21. Replace the malfunctioning parts.

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 118/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

HINT:
Perform [Initialization and Learning] after repairing the multi-mode manual
transmission control system ().

2. WITHOUT USING INTELLIGENT TESTER: CLAMP POSITION ADJUSTMENT


(CLUTCH POSITION ADJUSTMENT)
HINT:

•  The multi-mode manual transmission system has a load controlled clutch cover
(adjustment system). The pressure plate moves depending on the wear condition
of the clutch disc lining.
•  When removing or installing any parts related to the multi-mode manual
transmission system, move the clutch actuator to the clutch clamp position. This is
for normal operation of the load controlled clutch cover (adjustment system).
 

If the clutch position adjustment operation input fails, perform the operation again
from step (a) more than 15 seconds after turning the ignition switch off.

1.  Prepare the vehicle.


  Stop the vehicle.

  Shift the lever into the N position.


  Turn the ignition switch off.


  Apply the parking brake.


2.  Using SST, connect terminals TC (13) and CG (4) of the DLC3

SST
09843-18040

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 119/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

3.  Turn the ignition switch on (IG) with the brake pedal released.

4.  Depress the brake pedal 7 times or more within 3 seconds.

1.  The buzzer sounds twice with an interval of 0.25 seconds.

5.  Depress the brake pedal.

6.  Shift the shift lever in the following sequence with the brake pedal depressed:
 N→E→M→+→M→+→M→+→M→+→M→E→ N.

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 120/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

7.  Release the brake pedal.

8.  Depress the brake pedal again.

1.  The buzzer sounds once at intervals of 2.5 seconds.

HINT:
If the buzzer does not sound at this time, wait at least 15 seconds after turning the
ignition switch off. Then, perform the procedure from step (a) again.

9.  Depress the brake pedal 3 times or more within 2 seconds.

1.  The buzzer sounds twice with an interval of 0.25 seconds.


10. Depress the brake pedal.

11. Shift the shift lever to the [-] position with the brake pedal depressed.

12. Release the brake pedal.

13. Complete clutch position adjustment.

14. Turn the ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.

15. Disconnect the SST from terminals TC and CG of the DLC3.

16. Repair the malfunctioning parts.

HINT:
Perform [Initialization and Learning] after repairing the multi-mode manual
transmission control system ().

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 121/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE SYSTEM > Start er Sig nal


Circuit

for Preparation

DESCRIPTION
In this vehicle, since the starter motor control depends on the ECM due to cranking
holding function, the ST relay that supplies power to the starter motor is operated by the

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 122/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

ECM. When the appropriate vehicle conditions are satisfied (the brake pedal is depressed
and the transmission gear is in neutral) the engine can be cranked. If the brake pedal is
not depressed or the transmission gear is not in neutral, the engine cannot be cranked.
During cranking, the ST relay operation signal (STA signal) is input into the STA
terminal of the transmission control ECU, and is used to control the multi-mode manual

transmission system.

WIRING DIAGRAM

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 123/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 124/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 125/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 126/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

INSPECTION PROCEDURE
1.READ VALUE USING INTELLIGENT TESTER

1.  Connect an intelligent tester to the DLC3.

2.  Turn the ignition switch on (IG) and turn the tester ON.

3.  Select the following menu items: Powertrain / Multi-Mode M/T / Data List / STA
Switch Signal.

 
4. Check
and thethe valuestarts.
engine displayed on the tester when the ignition switch is turned on (IG)

Items Measurement Items: Diagnostic


 Normal Conditions
[Abbreviation] Display  Notes
STA Switch
STA signal: ON: During
Signal -
ON or OFF cranking
[STA SW Sig]
5.  OK:
6.  [ON] displays in the STA Switch Signal during cranking.

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 127/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

PROCEED TO NEXT CIRCUIT

  OK INSPECTION SHOWN IN PROBLEM


SYMPTOMS TABLE

 NG

2.CHECK HARNESS AND CONNECTOR (TRANSMISSION CONTROL ECU -


ECM)

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 128/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

1.  Disconnect the transmission control ECU connector.

2.  Disconnect the ECM connector.

3.  Remove the ST relay from the engine room relay block.

4.  Check the resistance.

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 129/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

Standard resistance:
Specified
Tester Connections
Conditions
1KR-FE:
STA (A32-27) -
STA (A38-6) Below 1 Ω 
2SZ-FE:
STA (A21-48) -
STA (A38-6)
STA (A38-6) - Body
10 k Ωor higher 
ground

5.  Reconnect the transmission control ECU connector.

6.  Reconnect the ECM connector.

7.  Reinstall the ST relay.

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 130/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

REPAIR OR REPLACE HARNESS OR


  NG CONNECTOR

OK

GO TO STARTER SIGNAL CIRCUIT (ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM)

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 131/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE SYSTEM > Pattern Select


Switch Circuit

for Preparation

DESCRIPTION
While the vehicle is driven with the shift lever in the E position, the most appropriate
gear is automatically selected in accordance with the accelerator pedal opening angle and
vehicle speed. In this time, shift control can be switched between normal mode (E) and
sports mode (Es) by pressing the pattern select switch.

WIRING DIAGRAM

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 132/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

INSPECTION PROCEDURE
1.INSPECT PATTERN SELECT SWITCH ASSEMBLY

1.  Remove the pattern select switch.

2.  Check the resistance of the pattern select switch terminals.

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 133/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

Standard resistance:
Tester Switch Specified
Connections Conditions Conditions
1-4 ON Below 1 Ω
10 k Ω or
1-4 OFF higher

3.  Reinstall the pattern select switch.

 NG REPLACE PATTERN SELECT


SWITCH ASSEMBLY

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 134/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

OK

2.CHECK HARNESS AND CONNECTOR (TRANSMISSION CONTROL ECU -


BODY GROUND)

1.  Disconnect the transmission control ECU connector.

2.  Check the resistance.

Standard resistance:
Tester Switch Specified
Connections Conditions Conditions
PWR (D79-
10 k Ω or
23) - Body OFF
higher
ground
PWR (D79-
23) - Body ON Below 1 Ω
ground

3.  Reconnect the transmission control ECU connector.

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 135/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

REPAIR OR REPLACE HARNESS OR


  NG CONNECTOR

OK

3.INSPECT TRANSMISSION CONTROL ECU ASSEMBLY (PWR TERMINAL


VOLTAGE)

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 136/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

1.  Turn the ignition switch on (IG).

2.  Measure the voltage between the terminal of the transmission control ECU

connector and the body ground when the pattern select switch is ON and OFF.
Standard voltage:
Tester Switch Specified
Connections Conditions Conditions
Pattern
PWR (D79-
select
23) - Body 10 to 14 V
switch
ground
OFF
PWR (D79- Pattern
23) - Body select Below 1 V
ground switch ON
 

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 137/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

REPLACE TRANSMISSION
  NG CONTROL ECU ASSEMBLY

OK

PROCEED TO NEXT CIRCUIT INSPECTION SHOWN IN PROBLEM SYMPTOMS


TABLE

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 138/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 139/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

INSPECTION PROCEDURE
1.READ VALUE USING INTELLIGENT TESTER

1.  Connect the intelligent tester to the DLC3

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 140/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

2.  Turn the ignition switch on (IG) and turn the tester ON.

3.  Select the following menu items: Powertrain / Multi-Mode M/T / Data List /
Ignition Signal.

 
4. Read the value.

Items Measurement Items: Diagnostic


 Normal Conditions
[Abbreviation] Display  Notes
Ignition
Ignition switch signal: ON: Ignition switch on
Signal -
OFF or ON (IG)
[Ignition Sig]
5.  OK:
6.  [ON] displays in the item [Ignition Signal] when the ignition switch is turned on
(IG).

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 141/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 142/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

1.  Disconnect the transmission control ECU connector.

2.  Turn the ignition switch on (IG).

3.  Measure the voltage between the terminal of the transmission control ECU
connector and the body ground.

Standard voltage:

Tester Ignition Specified


Switch
Connections Conditions
Conditions
IG (D79-3) - Ignition
Below 1 V
Body ground switch off
Ignition
IG (D79-3) -
switch on 10 to 14 V
Body ground
(IG)

4.  Reconnect the transmission control ECU connector.

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 143/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

REPLACE TRANSMISSION
  OK CONTROL ECU ASSEMBLY

 NG

3.INSPECT INTEGRATION RELAY

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 144/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

1.  Remove the integration relay from the engine room relay block.

2.  Measure the voltage between the terminal of the integration relay and the body
ground.

Standard voltage:
Specified
Tester Connections
Conditions
Integration relay (1C-
10 to 14 V
1) - Body ground

3.  Reinstall the integration relay.

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 145/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

REPAIR OR REPLACE HARNESS OR

  NG CONNECTOR (INTEGRATION
RELAY - BATTERY)

OK

4.INSPECT INTEGRATION RELAY (AM2 FUSE AND IG2 RELAY)

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 146/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

1.  Inspect the AM2 fuse.


1.  Remove the AM2 fuse.
2.  Check the fuse resistance.

Standard resistance:
Below 1 Ω 

3.  Reinstall the fuse.

2.  Inspect the relay.


1.  Check the relay resistance.

Standard resistance:
Tester Specified
Connections Conditions
1C-1 - 1B-4 10 k Ω or higher
Below 1 Ω 
(When battery
1C-1 - 1B-4 voltage applied to
terminals 1B-2 and
1B-3)

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 147/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

  NG REPLACE INTEGRATION RELAY

OK

5.INSPECT FUSE (IGN FUSE)

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 148/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

1.  Remove the IGN fuse from the main body ECU.

2.  Check the fuse resistance.

Standard resistance:
Below 1 Ω 

3.  Reinstall the IGN fuse.

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 149/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

CHECK FOR SHORT IN ALL


HARNESSES AND CONNECTORS
  NG CONNECTED TO FUSE AND
REPLACE FUSE

OK

6.CHECK HARNESS AND CONNECTOR (TRANSMISSION CONTROL ECU -


INTEGRATION RELAY)

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 150/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

1.  Remove the integration relay.

2.  Disconnect the transmission control ECU connector.

3.  Check the resistance.

Standard resistance (Check for open):

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 151/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

Specified
Tester Connections
Conditions
Integration relay (1B-
Below 1 Ω 
4) - IG (D79-3)
Standard resistance (Check for short):
Specified
Tester Connections
Conditions
IG (D79-3) - Body
10 k Ω or higher 
ground

4.  Reinstall the integration relay.

5.  Reconnect the ECU connector

Result:
Proceed
Result
To
Outside normal range A
Within normal range (with
B
Entry and Start System)
Within normal range
(without Entry and Start C
System)

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 152/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

  B Go to step 7 

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 153/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

  C Go to step 8 

REPAIR OR REPLACE HARNESS OR CONNECTOR

7.CHECK HARNESS AND CONNECTOR (INTEGRATION RELAY - MAIN BODY


ECU)

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 154/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 155/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 156/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

REPAIR OR REPLACE HARNESS OR


  NG CONNECTOR

OK

CHECK ENTRY AND START SYSTEM

8.CHECK HARNESS AND CONNECTOR (INTEGRATION RELAY - IGNITION


SWITCH)

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 157/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

1.  Remove the integration relay.

2.  Disconnect the ignition switch connector.

3.  Check the resistance.

Standard resistance (Check for open):

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 158/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 159/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

REPAIR OR REPLACE HARNESS OR


  NG CONNECTOR

OK

9.INSPECT IGNITION SWITCH

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 160/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 161/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

 NG REPLACE IGNITION SWITCH

OK

REPAIR OR REPLACE HARNESS OR CONNECTOR (IGNITION SWITCH -


BATTERY)

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 162/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE SYSTEM > Shift Lock


Solenoid Circuit

for Preparation

DESCRIPTION

The shift lock solenoid is built into the shift lever assembly. When the ignition switch is
turned off, or when the shift lever is in the N position without depressing the brake pedal
although the ignition switch is turned on (IG), the shift lock solenoid restricts the shift
lever movement.
The transmission control ECU sends the shift lock cancellation signal to the shift lock
solenoid to cancel the shift lock when the multi-mode manual transmission system
conditions are satisfied.

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 163/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

WIRING DIAGRAM

INSPECTION PROCEDURE
1.INSPECT SHIFT LOCK SOLENOID

1.  Disconnect the shift lever assembly connector.

2.  Measure the shift lock solenoid resistance.

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 164/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

Standard resistance:
Tester Specified
Connections Conditions
IG (D81-2) - E 30 to 35 Ω at 20°C
(D81-6) (68°F)

 NG REPLACE SHIFT LOCK SOLENOID

OK

2.CHECK HARNESS AND CONNECTOR (SHIFT LOCK SOLENOID -

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 165/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 166/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

E (D81-6) - Body
Below 1 Ω 
ground
SLS (D79-5) - Body
10 k Ω or higher 
ground

4.  Reconnect the transmission control ECU connector.

5.  Reconnect the shift lever assembly connector.

 NG REPAIR OR REPLACE HARNESS OR


CONNECTOR

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 167/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

OK

3.INSPECT TRANSMISSION CONTROL ECU ASSEMBLY

1.  Turn the ignition switch on (IG).

2.  Measure the voltage between the terminal of the transmission control ECU and
the body ground when the brake pedal is operated.

Standard voltage:
Pedal Tester Specified
Conditions Connections Conditions
Brake SLS (D79-5)
 pedal - Body 10 to 14 V
depressed ground
Brake
SLS (D79-5)
 pedal Below 1 V
Body ground
released
 

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 168/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

REPLACE TRANSMISSION
  NG CONTROL ECU ASSEMBLY

OK

PROCEED TO NEXT CIRCUIT INSPECTION SHOWN IN PROBLEM SYMPTOMS


TABLE

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 169/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE SYSTEM > Multi -Mode


Manual Transmiss ion Warning Lig ht Circuit

for Preparation

DESCRIPTION
The combination meter interprets the multi-mode manual transmission system condition
through information from the INDC and INDA circuits, and if necessary, illuminates
(blinks) the multi-mode manual transmission warning light and sounds the buzzer.

 
• INDC Terminal Circuit:
The battery voltage is constantly supplied to the INDC circuit. If the INDC circuit
is open, the combination meter detects a malfunction in the circuit and illuminates
the multi-mode manual transmission warning light. The INDC circuit is used to
send the multi-mode manual transmission warning light signal to the combination
meter when the ignition switch is off.

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 170/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 171/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

meter)
Shift ON ON
 position depends on depends on
OFF OFF OFF OFF
indicator communication communication
*
1 signal signal
Multi-mode
ON ON
manual
depends on depends on
transmission ON ON OFF ON
communication communication
warning
signal signal
light
*
1: when shift position indicator ON, the number or letter segments are illuminated.

WIRING DIAGRAM

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 172/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

INSPECTION PROCEDURE
HINT:

•  Check that the multi-mode manual transmission warning light and shift position
indicator light come on.
Under normal conditions, the shift position indicator indicates the current gear
 position while the ignition switch is turned on (IG), and the multi-mode manual
transmission warning light comes on for a bulb check for approximately 5
seconds when the ignition switch is turned from off to on (IG).
If the shift position indicator light does not come on, the INDA circuit may be
malfunctioning. If the multi-mode manual transmission warning light does not
come on, the INDA and/or INDC circuits may be malfunctioning.
•  The buzzer built into the combination meter sounds when the following
conditions are met:
  The shift lever is in any position except N.


  The driver's door is open.
•  Vehicle speed is 10 km/h (6.21 mph) or less.
•  Engine speed is 400 rpm or more.

1.CHECK HARNESS AND CONNECTOR (TRANSMISSION CONTROL ECU -


COMBINATION METER ASSEMBLY)

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 173/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

1.  Disconnect the transmission control ECU connector.

2.  Disconnect the combination meter connector

3.  Check the resistance.

Standard resistance:
Specified
Tester Connections
Conditions
INDC (D79-29) -
Below 1 Ω 
BRQ (D1-13)
INDA (D79-31) -
Below 1 Ω 
TX+ (D1-8)

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 174/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 175/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 176/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 177/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 178/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 179/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 180/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

REPLACE PARKING BRAKE


  NG SWITCH ASSEMBLY

OK

2.CHECK HARNESS AND CONNECTOR (TRANSMISSION CONTROL ECU -


BODY GROUND)

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 181/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 182/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

REPAIR OR REPLACE HARNESS OR


  NG CONNECTOR

OK

3.INSPECT TRANSMISSION CONTROL ECU ASSEMBLY

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 183/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

1.  Turn the ignition switch on (IG).

2.  Measure the voltage between the terminal of the transmission control ECU

connector and the body ground when the parking brake switch is ON and OFF.
Standard voltage:
Tester Switch Specified
Connections Conditions Conditions
Parking
PKB (D79-
 brake
4) - Body 10 to 14 V
switch
ground
OFF
Parking
PKB (D79-
 brake
4) - Body switch Below 1 V
ground
ON
 

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 184/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 185/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE SYSTEM > TC and CG


Terminal Circuit

for Preparation

DESCRIPTION
Terminal TC and CG are located in the DLC3. When performing [Clamp Position
Adjustment] and [Initialization and Learning] without using an intelligent tester,
connecting terminals TC and CG is necessary. If the TC terminal circuit is open, these
calibration procedures cannot be performed without using an intelligent tester.

WIRING DIAGRAM

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 186/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

INSPECTION PROCEDURE
1.CHECK HARNESS AND CONNECTOR (TRANSMISSION CONTROL ECU -
DLC3)

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 187/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

1.  Disconnect the transmission control ECU connector.

2.  Check the resistance.

Standard resistance:
Specified
Tester Connections Conditions
DG (D79-25) - TC
Below 1 Ω 
(D15-13)
DG (D79-25) -
10 k Ωor higher 
Body ground

3.  Reconnect the transmission control ECU connector.

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 188/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

REPAIR OR REPLACE HARNESS OR


 NG
CONNECTOR

OK

2.CHECK HARNESS AND CONNECTOR (DLC3 - BODY GROUND)

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 189/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

1.  Check the resistance.

Standard resistance:

Tester Connections Specified


Conditions
CG (D15-4) - Body
Below 1 Ω 
ground

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 190/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

REPAIR OR REPLACE HARNESS OR


  NG CONNECTOR

OK

REPLACE TRANSMISSION CONTROL ECU ASSEMBLY

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 191/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

MULTI-MODE MANUAL
TRANSAXLE OIL > ON-VEHICLE
INSPECTION
for Preparation

1. INSPECT TRANSAXLE OIL

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 192/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

1.  Stop the vehicle on a level place.

2.  Remove the filler plug and gasket.

3.  Check that the oil surface is within 5 mm (0.20 in.) of the lowest position of the
filler plug opening.

 NOTICE:

•  An excessively large or small amount of oil may cause problems.


•  After replacing the oil, drive the vehicle and check the oil level again.

4.  When the oil level is low, check for oil leakage.

5.  Install the filler plug and a new gasket.

Torque:
39 N*m{ 400 kgf*cm , 29 ft.*lbf }

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 193/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 194/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 195/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 196/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 197/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 198/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 199/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 200/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

1. DISCONNECT CABLE FROM NEGATIVE BATTERY TERMINAL

2. DRAIN TRANSAXLE OIL

1.  Remove the filler plug and gasket.

2.  Remove the drain plug and gasket, and drain the oil.

3.  Install the drain plug with a new gasket.

Torque:
39 N*m{ 400 kgf*cm , 29 ft.*lbf }

3. REMOVE FRONT WHEELS

4. REMOVE FRONT AXLE SHAFT LH NUT

1.  Using SST and a hammer, release the staked part of the axle hub nut.

SST
09930-00010

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 201/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

 NOTICE:

•  Insert SST into the groove with the flat surface facing up.
•  Do not damage the tip of SST using grinders.
•  Completely unstake the staked part before removing the axle hub nut.
• 
Do not damage the threads of the drive shaft.
2.  Using a 30 mm socket wrench, remove the axle hub nut.

5. REMOVE FRONT AXLE SHAFT RH NUT


HINT:
The removal procedure for the RH side is the same as that for the LH side.

6. SEPARATE SPEED SENSOR FRONT LH

1.  Remove the bolt and separate the speed sensor and flexible hose.

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 202/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

2.  Remove the bolt and separate the speed sensor from the steering knuckle.

 NOTICE:

•  Keep the speed sensor tip and installation portion free of foreign matter.
•  Remove the speed sensor without turning it from its original installation
angle.

7. SEPARATE SPEED SENSOR FRONT RH


HINT:
The separation procedure for the RH side is the same as that for the LH side.

8. SEPARATE FRONT SUSPENSION ARM SUB-ASSEMBLY LOWER NO.1 LH

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 203/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

1.  Remove the clip and castle nut.

2.  Using SST, separate the lower arm.

SST
09628-00011
 NOTICE:

•  Do not damage the lower ball joint dust cover.


•  Suspend SST with a piece of string or the equivalent.

9. SEPARATE FRONT SUSPENSION ARM SUB-ASSEMBLY LOWER NO.1 RH


HINT:
The separation procedure for the RH side is the same as that for the LH side.

10. SEPARATE TIE ROD END SUB-ASSEMBLY LH

1.  Remove the cotter pin and castle nut.

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 204/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

2.  Using SST, separate the tie rod end from the steering knuckle.

SST

09628-62011
 NOTICE:
Do not damage the tie rod end dust cover.

11. SEPARATE TIE ROD END SUB-ASSEMBLY RH


HINT:
The separation procedure for the RH side is the same as that for the LH side.

12. REMOVE FRONT STABILIZER LINK ASSEMBLY LH

1.  Remove the nut and separate the stabilizer link from the shock absorber.

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 205/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

HINT:
If the ball joint turns together with the nut, use a socket hexagon wrench 6 to hold
the stud.

13. REMOVE FRONT STABILIZER LINK ASSEMBLY RH


HINT:
The separation procedure for the RH side is the same as that for the LH side.

14. REMOVE FRONT AXLE ASSEMBLY LH

1.  Using a plastic hammer, tap the end of the drive shaft and disengage the fitting
 between the drive shaft and front axle.

HINT:
If it is difficult to disengage the fitting, tap the end of the drive shaft with a brass
 bar and hammer.

2.  Push the front axle out of the vehicle to remove the drive shaft from the front
axle.

 NOTICE:

•  Do not push the front axle further out of the vehicle than is necessary.

  Do not damage the outboard joint boot.
•  Do not damage the speed sensor rotor.
•  Suspend the drive shaft with a piece of string or the equivalent.

15. REMOVE FRONT AXLE ASSEMBLY RH


HINT:
The removal procedure for the RH side is the same as that for the LH side.

16. REMOVE FRONT DRIVE SHAFT ASSEMBLY LH

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 206/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

1.  Using SST, remove the drive shaft.

SST
09520-01010
09520-24010 (09520-32040)
 NOTICE:

•  Do not damage the oil seal.


•  Do not damage the inboard joint boot.
•  Do not drop the drive shaft.

17. REMOVE FRONT DRIVE SHAFT ASSEMBLY RH

1.  Using a screwdriver and hammer, remove the drive shaft.

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 207/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 208/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 209/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

DIFFERENTIAL OIL SEAL >

INSTALLATION
for Preparation

1. INSTALL TRANSAXLE CASE OIL SEAL

1.  Coat a new oil seal lip with MP grease.

2.  Using SST and a hammer, install the oil seal.

SST
09636-20010
Drive in depth:
1.7 to 2.7mm (0.067 to 0.106 in.)
 NOTICE:
Do not damage the oil seal lip.

2. INSTALL TRANSMISSION CASE OIL SEAL

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 210/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

1.  Coat a new oil seal lip with MP grease.

2.  Using SST and a hammer, install the oil seal.

SST
09316-60011 (09316-00011)
Drive in depth:
2.1 to 3.1mm (0.083 to 0.122 in.)
 NOTICE:
Do not damage the oil seal lip.

3. INSTALL FRONT DRIVE SHAFT ASSEMBLY LH

1.  Coat the spline of the inboard joint with gear oil.

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 211/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 212/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

6. INSTALL FRONT AXLE ASSEMBLY RH


HINT:
The installation procedure for the RH side is the same as that for the LH side.

7. INSTALL FRONT STABILIZER LINK ASSEMBLY LH

1.  Install the stabilizer link with the nut.

Torque:
74 N*m{ 755 kgf*cm , 55 ft.*lbf }
HINT:
If the ball joint turns together with the nut, use a socket hexagon wrench 6 to hold
the stud.

8. INSTALL FRONT STABILIZER LINK ASSEMBLY RH


HINT:
The installation procedure for the RH side is the same as that for the LH side.

9. INSTALL TIE ROD END SUB-ASSEMBLY LH

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 213/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

1.  Install the tie rod end onto the steering knuckle with a new castle nut.

Torque:
49 N*m{ 500 kgf*cm , 36 ft.*lbf }
 NOTICE:
If the holes for the clip are not aligned, tighten the nut by a further turn of up to
60°.

2.  Install a new cotter pin.

10. INSTALL TIE ROD END SUB-ASSEMBLY RH


HINT:
The installation procedure for the RH side is the same as that for the LH side.

11. INSTALL FRONT SUSPENSION ARM SUB-ASSEMBLY LOWER NO.1 LH

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 214/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

1.  Install the lower arm onto the steering knuckle with a new castle nut.

Torque:
98 N*m{ 1,000 kgf*cm , 72 ft.*lbf }
 NOTICE:
If the holes for the clip are not aligned, tighten the nut by a further turn of up to
60°.

2.  Install a new clip.

12. INSTALL FRONT SUSPENSION ARM SUB-ASSEMBLY LOWER NO.1 RH

HINT: The installation procedure for the RH side is the same as that for the LH side.

13. INSTALL SPEED SENSOR FRONT LH

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 215/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

1.  Install the speed sensor onto the steering knuckle with the bolt.

Torque:

8.5 N*m{ 87 kgf*cm , 75 in.*lbf }


 NOTICE:

•  Check that the speed sensor tip and installation portion are free of foreign
matter.
•  Install the speed sensor without turning it from its original installation
angle.

2.  Install the flexible hose and speed sensor with the bolt.

Torque:
29 N*m{ 300 kgf*cm , 22 ft.*lbf }
 NOTICE:
Install the flexible hose and speed sensor without twisting them.

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 216/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

14. INSTALL SPEED SENSOR FRONT RH


HINT:
The installation procedure for the RH side is the same as that for the LH side.

15. INSTALL FRONT AXLE SHAFT LH NUT

1.  Using a 30 mm socket wrench, install a new axle hub nut.

Torque:
216 N*m{ 2,203 kgf*cm , 160 ft.*lbf }

2.  Using a chisel and hammer, caulk the axle hub nut.

16. INSTALL FRONT AXLE SHAFT RH NUT


HINT:
The installation procedure for the RH side is the same as that for the LH side.

17. INSTALL FRONT WHEELS

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 217/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

18. CONNECT CABLE TO NEGATIVE BATTERY TERMINAL


Torque:
5.4 N*m{ 55 kgf*cm , 48 in.*lbf }

19. ADD TRANSAXLE OIL

20. INSPECT AND ADJUST TRANSAXLE OIL

1.  Stop the vehicle on a level place.

2.  Remove the filler plug and gasket.

3.  Check that the oil surface is within 5 mm (0.20 in.) of the lowest position of the
filler plug opening.

 NOTICE:

•  An excessively large or small amount of oil may cause problems.


•  After replacing the oil, drive the vehicle and check the oil level again.

4.  When the oil level is low, check for oil leakage.

5.  Install the filler plug and a new gasket.

Torque:
39 N*m{ 400 kgf*cm , 29 ft.*lbf }

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 218/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

21. INSPECT ABS SPEED SENSOR SIGNAL


()

22. INSPECT AND ADJUST FRONT WHEEL ALIGNMENT


()

23. CHECK FOR TRANSAXLE OIL LEAKAGE

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 219/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 220/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 221/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 222/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

1/2

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 223/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 224/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 225/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 226/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

1. INSPECT SHIFT LOCK SOLENOID

1.  Disconnect the indicator light wire connector.

2.  Using an ohmmeter, measure the resistance between terminals 2 and 6.

Standard Resistance:
30 to 35 Ω at 20°C (68°F)

If the resistance is not as specified, replace the shift lever assembly.

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 227/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 228/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

4.  Move the shift lever to the E position.

5.  Using an ohmmeter, measure the resistance according to the value in the table
 below.

Standard Resistance:
Shift Specified
Terminals
 position condition
10 k Ω or
E 4-8
higher

If the result is not as specified, replace the shift lever assembly.

6.  Connect the indicator light wire connector.

3. INSPECT SHIFT LEVER POSITION SENSOR

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 229/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 230/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

SHIFT LEVER > REMOVAL

for Preparation

1. REMOVE REAR CONSOLE BOX COVER

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 231/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 232/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 233/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 234/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

2.  Disengage the 4 claws and remove the position indicator light guide from the shift
lever assembly.

3.  Disengage the 4 claws and remove the position indicator housing from the
 position indicator light guide.

3. REMOVE POSITION INDICATOR SLIDE COVER

4. REMOVE POSITION INDICATOR SLIDE COVER NO. 2

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 235/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 236/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

3.  Using a screwdriver with its tip wrapped in protective tape, release the secondary
lock.

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 237/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 238/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

1. INSTALL INDICATOR LIGHT WIRE SUB-ASSEMBLY

1.  Connect marked wire harnesses 2 and 4 to the indicator light wire connector as
shown in the illustration.

2.  Connect wire harnesses 6 and 8 to the indicator light wire connector as shown in
the illustration.

3.  Lock the secondary lock.

4.  Install the bulb onto the indicator light wire.

5.  Connect the indicator light wire connector onto the shift lever assembly.

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 239/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

2. INSTALL SHIFT LOCK RELEASE BUTTON

1.  Apply MP grease to the shift lock release button and spring.

2.  Install the shift lock release button and spring onto the shift lever.

3. INSTALL POSITION INDICATOR SLIDE COVER NO. 2

4. INSTALL POSITION INDICATOR SLIDE COVER

5. INSTALL POSITION INDICATOR LIGHT GUIDE

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 240/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 241/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

3.  Connect the indicator light wire onto the shift lever assembly.

6. INSTALL SHIFT LEVER KNOB SUB-ASSEMBLY

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 242/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

SHIFT LEVER > INSTALLATION


for Preparation

1. INSTALL SHIFT LEVER ASSEMBLY

1.  Install the shift lever assembly with the 4 bolts.

Torque:
12 N*m{ 122 kgf*cm , 8.9 ft.*lbf }

2.  Connect the 2 connectors.

2. INSTALL REAR CONSOLE BOX ASSEMBLY

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 243/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 244/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

MULTI-MODE MANUAL
TRANSAXLE ASSEMBLY >
COMPONENTS
for Preparation

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 245/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 246/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 247/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

1 / 10

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 248/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 249/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 250/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

2 / 10

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 251/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 252/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 253/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

3 / 10

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 254/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 255/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 256/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 257/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 258/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 259/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 260/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 261/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 262/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

6 / 10

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 263/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 264/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 265/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

7 / 10

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 266/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 267/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 268/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8 / 10

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 269/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 270/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 271/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

9 / 10

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 272/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 273/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 274/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

10 / 10

MULTI-MODE MANUAL
TRANSAXLE ASSEMBLY >
REMOVAL
for Preparation

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 275/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

1. CLUTCH POSITION ADJUSTMENT


()

2. DISCONNECT CABLE FROM NEGATIVE BATTERY TERMINAL

3. REMOVE COLUMN HOLE COVER SILENCER SHEET

1.  Remove the floor carpet and 2 clips and remove the column hole cover silencer.

4. SEPARATE STEERING SLIDING YOKE SUB-ASSEMBLY

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 276/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

1.  Use a seat belt to fix the steering wheel assembly, in order to avoid breakage of
the spiral cable.

2.  Place matchmarks on the sliding yoke of the steering intermediate shaft assembly
and the power steering.

3.  Loosen bolt A, remove bolt B and separate the steering intermediate shaft
assembly.

5. REMOVE FRONT WHEELS

6. REMOVE ENGINE UNDER COVER LH

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 277/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 278/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

2.  Remove the nut and front wiper arm.

11. REMOVE FRONT WIPER ARM AND BLADE ASSEMBLY RH


HINT:
Use the same procedure as for the LH side.

12. REMOVE HOOD TO COWL TOP SEAL

1.  Disengage the 7 clips and remove the hood to cowl top seal.

13. REMOVE COWL TOP VENTILATOR LOUVER SUB-ASSEMBLY (for LHD)

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 279/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

1.  Disengage the 2 hooks and remove cowl top ventilator louver center No. 1.

2.  Disconnect the washer hose.

3.  Disengage the 11 claws and clip.

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 280/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

4.  Disconnect the washer hose and remove the cowl top ventilator louver sub-
assembly.

14. REMOVE COWL TOP VENTILATOR LOUVER LH (for LHD)

1.  Remove the 2 clips.

 
2. Disengage the 4 claws and remove the cowl top ventilator louver LH.

15. REMOVE COWL TOP VENTILATOR LOUVER SUB-ASSEMBLY (for RHD)

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 281/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

1.  Disconnect the washer hose.

2.  Disengage the 10 claws and clip and remove the cowl top ventilator louver sub-
assembly.

16. REMOVE COWL TOP VENTILATOR LOUVER LH (for RHD)

1.  Remove the clip.

2.  Disengage the 4 claws and remove the cowl top ventilator louver LH.

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 282/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

17. REMOVE WINDSHIELD WIPER MOTOR AND LINK

1.  Remove the 2 bolts.

2.  Slide the wiper link. Disengage the meshing of the rubber pin, then disconnect the
connector and remove the front wiper motor and link.

18. REMOVE COWL TO REGISTER DUCT SUB-ASSEMBLY NO. 2

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 283/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

1.  Disengage the claws and remove cowl to resister duct No. 2.

19. REMOVE COWL TOP PANEL OUTER

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 284/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

1.  Disengage the clamp and separate the wiper motor connector.

2.  Remove the 9 bolts and the cowl top panel outer.

20. REMOVE AIR CLEANER INLET NO.1 (for 2SZ-FE)

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 285/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

1.  Remove the air cleaner inlet No. 1.

21. REMOVE BATTERY HOLD DOWN CLAMP

22. REMOVE BATTERY CLAMP SUB-ASSEMBLY

23. REMOVE BATTERY

24. REMOVE BATTERY TRAY

25. REMOVE BATTERY CARRIER (for 1KR-FE)

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 286/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

1.  Remove the 4 bolts and the battery carrier.

26. REMOVE BATTERY CARRIER (for 2SZ-FE)

1.  Remove the 5 bolts and the battery carrier.

27. REMOVE CLUTCH ACTUATOR ASSEMBLY

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 287/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

1.  Remove the bolt and separate the wire harness bracket.

2.  Disconnect the clutch stroke sensor connector and motor connector.

 NOTICE:
Do not forcibly pull the connector as this may damage the wire harness.

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 288/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

3.  Remove the 3 bolts and clutch actuator assembly.

 NOTICE:

•  Loosen the bolts slowly, and be careful not to get your fingers caught as
the clutch actuator assembly moves due to the reaction force from the
clutch cover.
•  Do not drop the removed clutch actuator assembly or subject it to any
impacts.

28. DISCONNECT WIRE HARNESS

1.  Remove the bolt, then disconnect the wire harness.

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 289/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

29. DISCONNECT CONNECTOR

1.  Disconnect the shift stroke sensor connector.

2.  Disconnect the select stroke sensor connector.

3.  Disconnect the transmission revolution sensor connector.

4.  Disconnect the back-up light switch connector.

5.  Disconnect the neutral start switch connector.

6.  Disconnect the shift and select motor connectors.

30. REMOVE STARTER ASSEMBLY (for 1KR-FE)

1.  Remove the terminal cap.

2.  Separate the harness clamp.

3.  Remove the nut and disconnect terminal 30.

4.  Disconnect the connector.

5.  Remove the 2 bolts and remove the starter assembly.

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 290/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

31. REMOVE STARTER ASSEMBLY (for 2SZ-FE)

1.  Remove the terminal cap.

2.  Remove the nut and disconnect terminal 30.

3.  Disconnect the connector.

4.  Remove the 2 bolts and remove the starter assembly.

32. REMOVE FRONT EXHAUST PIPE ASSEMBLY (for 1KR-FE)

1.  Remove the 4 bolts and 4 compression springs.

2.  Remove exhaust pipe support No. 4 and the exhaust front pipe assembly.

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 291/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

3.  Remove the 2 exhaust pipe gaskets.

33. REMOVE FRONT EXHAUST PIPE ASSEMBLY (for 2SZ-FE)

1.  Remove the 2 bolts and 2 compression springs.

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 292/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

2.  Remove the 3 No. 4 exhaust pipe supports and remove the exhaust pipe assembly
front.

34. REMOVE FRONT AXLE SHAFT LH NUT

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 293/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

1.  Using SST and a hammer, release the staked part of the axle hub nut.

SST
09930-00010
 NOTICE:

•  Insert SST into the groove with the flat surface facing up.
•  Do not damage the tip of SST using grinders.
•  Completely unstake the staked part before removing the axle hub nut.
•  Do not damage the threads of the drive shaft.

2.  Using a 30 mm socket wrench, remove the axle hub nut.

35. REMOVE FRONT AXLE SHAFT RH NUT


HINT:
The removal procedure for the RH side is the same as that for the LH side.

36. SEPARATE SPEED SENSOR FRONT LH

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 294/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

1.  Remove the bolt and separate the speed sensor and flexible hose.

2.  Remove the bolt and separate the speed sensor from the steering knuckle.

 NOTICE:

•  Keep the speed sensor tip and installation portion free of foreign matter.
•  Remove the speed sensor without turning it from its original installation
angle.

37. SEPARATE SPEED SENSOR FRONT RH


HINT:
The separation procedure for the RH side is the same as that for the LH side.

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 295/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

38. SEPARATE FRONT SUSPENSION ARM SUB-ASSEMBLY LOWER NO.1 LH

1.  Remove the clip and castle nut.

2.  Using SST, separate the lower arm.

SST
09628-00011
 NOTICE:

•  Do not damage the lower ball joint dust cover.


•  Suspend SST with a piece of string or the equivalent.

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 296/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

39. SEPARATE FRONT SUSPENSION ARM SUB-ASSEMBLY LOWER NO.1 RH


HINT:
The separation procedure for the RH side is the same as that for the LH side.

40. SEPARATE TIE ROD END SUB-ASSEMBLY LH

1.  Remove the cotter pin and castle nut.

2.  Using SST, separate the tie rod end from the steering knuckle.

SST
09628-62011
 NOTICE:
Do not damage the tie rod end dust cover.

41. SEPARATE TIE ROD END SUB-ASSEMBLY RH


HINT:
The separation procedure for the RH side is the same as that for the LH side.

42. SEPARATE FRONT STABILIZER LINK ASSEMBLY LH

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 297/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

1.  Remove the nut and separate the stabilizer link from the shock absorber.

HINT:
If the ball joint turns together with the nut, use a socket hexagon wrench 6 to hold
the stud.

43. SEPARATE FRONT STABILIZER LINK ASSEMBLY RH


HINT:
The separation procedure for the RH side is the same as that for the LH side.

44. REMOVE FRONT AXLE ASSEMBLY LH

1.  Using a plastic hammer, tap the end of the drive shaft and disengage the fitting
 between the drive shaft and front axle.

HINT:
If it is difficult to disengage the fitting, tap the end of the drive shaft with a brass
 bar and hammer.

2.  Push the front axle out of the vehicle to remove the drive shaft from the front
axle.

 NOTICE:

•  Do not push the front axle further out of the vehicle than is necessary.
•  Do not damage the outboard joint boot.

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 298/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

•  Do not damage the speed sensor rotor.


•  Suspend the drive shaft with a piece of string or the equivalent.

45. REMOVE FRONT AXLE ASSEMBLY RH


HINT:
The removal procedure for the RH side is the same as that for the LH side.

46. REMOVE FRONT DRIVE SHAFT ASSEMBLY LH

1.  Using SST, remove the drive shaft.

SST
09520-01010
09520-24010 (09520-32040)
 NOTICE:

•  Do not damage the oil seal.


•  Do not damage the inboard joint boot.
 

Do not drop the drive shaft.

47. REMOVE FRONT DRIVE SHAFT ASSEMBLY RH

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 299/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

 
1. Using a screwdriver and hammer, remove the drive shaft.
 NOTICE:

•  Do not damage the oil seal.


•  Do not damage the inboard joint boot.
•  Do not drop the drive shaft.

48. SUSPEND ENGINE ASSEMBLY (for 1KR-FE)

1.  Install the 2 hangers in the correct direction.

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 300/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

Parts No.:
 No. 1 engine hanger 12281-40030
 No. 2 engine hanger 12282-40010
Bolt 91671-80820
Torque:

28 N*m{ 286 kgf*cm , 21 ft.*lbf }


2.  Attach the engine chain hoist to the hangers.

 NOTICE:
Do not attempt to hang the engine by hooking the chain to any other part.

49. SUSPEND ENGINE ASSEMBLY (for 2SZ-FE)

1.  Install the 2 hangers in the correct direction.

Parts No.:
 No. 1 engine hanger 12281-23021
 No. 2 engine hanger 12282-23010
Bolt 91671-80820
Torque:

35 N*m{ 357 kgf*cm , 26 ft.*lbf }


2.  Attach the engine chain hoist to the hangers.

 NOTICE:
Do not attempt to hang the engine by hooking the chain to any other part.

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 301/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

50. REMOVE FRONT SUSPENSION CROSSMEMBER SUB-ASSEMBLY

1.  Remove the bolt and separate the engine moving control rod.

2.  Support the front suspension crossmember with a transmission jack.

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 302/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

3.  Remove the 6 bolts and remove the suspension crossmember.

51. REMOVE TRANSVERSE ENGINE ENGINE MOUNTING CONTROL BRACKET


 

1.  Remove the 3 bolts and the engine moving control rod bracket.

52. SUPPORT MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE ASSEMBLY

1.  Support the multi-mode manual transaxle with a transmission jack.

53. REMOVE TRANSVERSE ENGINE ENGINE MOUNTING INSULATOR (for


1KR-FE)

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 303/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

1.  Remove the bolt and nut, then separate the engine mounting insulator LH.

2.  Remove the 4 bolts and the engine mounting insulator LH.

54. REMOVE TRANSVERSE ENGINE ENGINE MOUNTING INSULATOR (for 2SZ-


FE)

1.  Remove the bolt and nut, then separate the engine mounting insulator LH.

2.  Remove the 5 bolts and the engine mounting insulator LH.

55. REMOVE TRANSVERSE ENGINE ENGINE MOUNTING BRACKET (for 1KR-

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 304/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

FE)

1.  Remove the 4 bolts and the engine mounting bracket LH.

56. REMOVE TRANSVERSE ENGINE ENGINE MOUNTING BRACKET (for 2SZ-


FE)

1.  Remove the 4 bolts and the engine mounting bracket LH.

57. REMOVE MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE ASSEMBLY

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 305/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

1.  Remove the 9 bolts and multi-mode manual transaxle from the engine.

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 306/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

MULTI-MODE MANUAL
TRANSAXLE ASSEMBLY >
INSTALLATION
for Preparation

1. INSTALL MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE ASSEMBLY

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 307/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

1.  Align the input shaft with the clutch disc and install the manual transaxle onto the
engine.

2.  Install the 9 bolts.

Torque:
64 N*m{ 653 kgf*cm , 47 ft.*lbf } for bolt A
39 N*m{ 398 kgf*cm , 29 ft.*lbf } for bolt B
 NOTICE:

•  Insert dowel pins into dowel holes securely so that the end face of
transaxle assembly fits close against engine assembly before tightening the
 bolts between the engine and transaxle.
•  Make sure that the dowel pins are not loose, bent, damaged or scratched
and then install the transaxle onto the engine with the contact surfaces of
the engine and transaxle flat against each other.

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 308/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

2. INSTALL TRANSVERSE ENGINE ENGINE MOUNTING BRACKET (for 1KR-


FE)

1.  Install the engine mounting bracket LH with the 4 bolts.

Torque:
64 N*m{ 653 kgf*cm , 47 ft.*lbf }

3. INSTALL TRANSVERSE ENGINE ENGINE MOUNTING BRACKET (for 2SZ-FE)


 

1.  Install the engine mounting bracket LH with the 4 bolts.

Torque:
64 N*m{ 653 kgf*cm , 47 ft.*lbf }

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 309/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

4. INSTALL TRANSVERSE ENGINE ENGINE MOUNTING INSULATOR (for 1KR-


FE)

1.  Install the engine mounting insulator LH with the 4 bolts.

Torque:
52 N*m{ 530 kgf*cm , 38 ft.*lbf } for bolt A
64 N*m{ 653 kgf*cm , 47 ft.*lbf } for bolt B

2.  Install the engine mounting bracket LH and engine mounting insulator LH with
the bolt and nut.

Torque:
52 N*m{ 530 kgf*cm , 38 ft.*lbf } for nut C

5. INSTALL TRANSVERSE ENGINE ENGINE MOUNTING INSULATOR (for 2SZ-


FE)

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 310/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

1.  Install the engine mounting insulator LH with the 5 bolts.

Torque:
52 N*m{ 530 kgf*cm , 38 ft.*lbf }

2.  Install the engine mounting bracket LH and engine mounting insulator LH with
the bolt and nut.

Torque:
52 N*m{ 530 kgf*cm , 38 ft.*lbf }

6. INSTALL TRANSVERSE ENGINE ENGINE MOUNTING CONTROL BRACKET

1.  Install the engine mounting control bracket with the 3 bolts.

Torque:

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 311/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

39 N*m{ 398 kgf*cm , 29 ft.*lbf }

7. INSTALL FRONT SUSPENSION CROSSMEMBER SUB-ASSEMBLY

1.  Support the front suspension crossmember with a transmission jack.

2.  Provisionally install the front suspension crossmember onto the body with the 6
 bolts.

Bolt Underhead Length (mm)


A 38
B 99
C 45

3.  By inserting SST into the datum holes in the front suspension crossmembers RH
and LH alternately, tighten bolts A, B and C on both sides to the specified torque,
in several steps.
SST
09670-00011
Torque:
70 N*m{ 714 kgf*cm , 52 ft.*lbf } for Bolt A
160 N*m{ 1,631 kgf*cm , 118 ft.*lbf } for Bolt B
95 N*m{ 969 kgf*cm , 70 ft.*lbf } for Bolt C

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 312/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

 NOTICE:

•  Insert SST into the datum hole in a vertical orientation.


•  If SST can not be inserted into the datum hole vertically, loosen all the
 bolts and then insert SST again.

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 313/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

4.  Install the engine moving control rod with the bolt.

Torque:
120 N*m{ 1,224 kgf*cm , 89 ft.*lbf }

8. INSTALL FRONT DRIVE SHAFT ASSEMBLY LH

1.  Coat the spline of the inboard joint with gear oil.

2.  Align the inboard joint splines and install the drive shaft with a screwdriver and
hammer.

 NOTICE:

•  Face the cut area of the front drive inboard joint hole snap ring downward.

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 314/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

•  Do not damage the oil seal.


•  Do not damage the inboard joint boot.

HINT:
Confirm whether the drive shaft is securely driven in by checking the reaction

force and sound.

9. INSTALL FRONT DRIVE SHAFT ASSEMBLY RH


HINT:
The installation procedure for the RH side is the same as that for the LH side.

10. INSTALL FRONT AXLE ASSEMBLY LH

1.  Push the front axle out of the vehicle to align the spline of the drive shaft with the
front axle and insert the front axle.

 NOTICE:

•  Do not push the front axle further out of the vehicle than is necessary.
•  Do not damage the outboard joint boot.
•  Check for any foreign matter on the speed sensor rotor and insertion part.
•  Do not damage the speed sensor rotor.

11. INSTALL FRONT AXLE ASSEMBLY RH


HINT:
The installation procedure for the RH side is the same as that for the LH side.

12. INSTALL FRONT STABILIZER LINK ASSEMBLY LH

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 315/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

1.  Install the stabilizer link with the nut.

Torque:
74 N*m{ 755 kgf*cm , 55 ft.*lbf }
HINT:
If the ball joint turns together with the nut, use a socket hexagon wrench 6 to hold
the stud.

13. INSTALL FRONT STABILIZER LINK ASSEMBLY RH


HINT:
The installation procedure for the RH side is the same as that for the LH side.

14. INSTALL TIE ROD END SUB-ASSEMBLY LH

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 316/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

1.  Install the tie rod end onto the steering knuckle with a new castle nut.

Torque:
49 N*m{ 500 kgf*cm , 36 ft.*lbf }
 NOTICE:

If the holes for the clip are not aligned, tighten the nut by a further turn of up to
60°.

2.  Install a new cotter pin.

15. INSTALL TIE ROD END SUB-ASSEMBLY RH


HINT:
The installation procedure for the RH side is the same as that for the LH side.

16. INSTALL FRONT SUSPENSION ARM SUB-ASSEMBLY LOWER NO.1 LH

1.  Install the lower arm onto the steering knuckle with a new castle nut.

Torque:
98 N*m{ 1,000 kgf*cm , 72 ft.*lbf }
 NOTICE:
If the holes for the clip are not aligned, tighten the nut by a further turn of up to
60°.

2.  Install a new clip.

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 317/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

17. INSTALL FRONT SUSPENSION ARM SUB-ASSEMBLY LOWER NO.1 RH


HINT:
The installation procedure for the RH side is the same as that for the LH side.

18. INSTALL SPEED SENSOR FRONT LH

1.  Install the speed sensor onto the steering knuckle with the bolt.

Torque:
8.5 N*m{ 87 kgf*cm , 75 in.*lbf }
 NOTICE:

•  Check that the speed sensor tip and installation portion are free of foreign
matter.
•  Install the speed sensor without turning it from its original installation
angle.

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 318/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

2.  Install the flexible hose and speed sensor with the bolt.

Torque:

29 N*m{ 300 kgf*cm , 22 ft.*lbf }


 NOTICE:
Install the flexible hose and speed sensor without twisting them.

19. INSTALL SPEED SENSOR FRONT RH


HINT:
The installation procedure for the RH side is the same as that for the LH side.

20. INSTALL FRONT AXLE SHAFT LH NUT

1.  Using a 30 mm socket wrench, install a new axle hub nut.

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 319/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

Torque:
216 N*m{ 2,203 kgf*cm , 160 ft.*lbf }

2.  Using a chisel and hammer, caulk the axle hub nut.

21. INSTALL FRONT AXLE SHAFT RH NUT


HINT:
The installation procedure for the RH side is the same as that for the LH side.

22. INSTALL FRONT EXHAUST PIPE ASSEMBLY (for 1KR-FE)

1.  Using vernier calipers, measure the free length of the compression spring.

Minimum length (Front Side):


40.5 mm (1.594 in.)
Minimum length (Rear Side):
38.5 mm (1.516 in.)

If the length is not as specified, replace the compression spring.

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 320/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

2.  Using a plastic hammer and a wooden block, tap in a new exhaust pipe gasket
until its surface is flush with the exhaust manifold.

 NOTICE:

•  Install the exhaust pipe gasket in the correct direction.


•  Do not damage the outer surface of the exhaust pipe gasket.
•  Do not reuse the exhaust pipe gasket.
•  Do not push in the gasket with the exhaust pipe when connecting it.

3.  Install the 3 exhaust pipe support No. 4.

4.  Install the exhaust front pipe assembly and a new exhaust pipe gasket with the 4
compression springs and 4 bolts.

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 321/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

Torque:
43 N*m{ 439 kgf*cm , 32 ft.*lbf }

23. INSTALL FRONT EXHAUST PIPE ASSEMBLY (for 2SZ-FE)

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 322/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

1.  Using vernier calipers, measure the free length of the compression spring.

Minimum length:
40.5 mm (1.594 in.)

If the length is not as specified, replace the compression spring.

2.  Using a plastic hammer and a wooden block, tap in a new exhaust pipe gasket
until its surface is flush with the exhaust manifold.

 NOTICE:

•  Install the exhaust pipe gasket in the correct direction.


•  Do not damage the outer surface of the exhaust pipe gasket.
•  Do not reuse the exhaust pipe gasket.
•  Do not push in the gasket with the exhaust pipe when connecting it.

3.  Install the 3 No. 4 exhaust pipe supports.

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 323/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

4.  Install the exhaust pipe assembly front with the 2 compression springs and 2 bolts.

Torque:
43 N*m{ 439 kgf*cm , 32 ft.*lbf }

24. INSTALL STARTER ASSEMBLY (for 1KR-FE)

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 324/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

1.  Install the starter assembly with the 2 bolts.

Torque:

37 N*m{ 377 kgf*cm , 27 ft.*lbf }


2.  Connect the connector.

3.  Connect terminal 30 with the nut.

Torque:
9.8 N*m{ 100 kgf*cm , 87 in.*lbf }

4.  Close the terminal cap.

 
5. Install the harness clamp.

25. INSTALL STARTER ASSEMBLY (for 2SZ-FE)

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 325/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

1.  Install the starter assembly with the 2 bolts.

Torque:

37 N*m{ 377 kgf*cm , 27 ft.*lbf }


2.  Connect the connector.

3.  Connect terminal 30 with the nut.

Torque:
9.8 N*m{ 100 kgf*cm , 87 in.*lbf }

4.  Close the terminal cap.

26. CONNECT CONNECTOR

1.  Connect the shift and select motor connectors.

2.  Connect the neutral start switch connector.

3.  Connect the back-up light switch connector.

4.  Connect the transmission revolution sensor connector.


5.  Connect the select stroke sensor connector.

6.  Connect the shift stroke sensor connector.

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 326/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

27. CONNECT WIRE HARNESS

1.  Connect the wire harness with the bolt.

Torque:
26 N*m{ 260 kgf*cm , 19 ft.*lbf }

28. INSTALL CLUTCH ACTUATOR ASSEMBLY


 NOTICE:
Perform the following procedure ((1) to (5)) to set a new clutch actuator in the
clutch clamp position because it is not originally placed in that position.
(1) Connect the clutch stroke sensor connector and motor connector to the clutch
actuator.
(2) Connect the battery negative terminal.
(3) Perform clutch position adjustment (clutch clamp position)
()
(4) Disconnect the battery negative terminal.
(5) Disconnect the clutch stroke sensor connector and motor connector.

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 327/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

1.  Apply grease to the clutch release lever.

Sealant:
Toyota Genuine Release Hub Grease or Equivalent

2.  Set the clutch actuator to the transaxle and provisionally tighten the 3 bolts.

 NOTICE:
Keep the clearance between the bolt head and actuator flange.

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 328/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

3.  Gently hold down the clutch actuator assembly toward flat surface of transmission
assembly and slide it so that the convex portion of the clutch actuator rod comes
into contact with the concave portion of the release lever.

 NOTICE:

•  Do no apply excessive load to them during the operation.


•  Make sure that the convex portion of the clutch actuator rod is securely
fitted into the concave portion of the release lever.
•  1KR-FE and 2SZ-FE clutch actuators have their own discrimination stamp
on the housing upper.

Engine Discrimination Color


1KR-FE Green
2SZ-FE Blue

4.  Tighten the 3 bolts by hand while holding the clutch actuator assembly.

 NOTICE:
Support the clutch actuator assembly until all the 3 bolts are tightened.

5.  Tighten the 3 bolts to the specified torque in the order A, B, and C, as shown.

Torque:
17 N*m{ 173 kgf*cm , 13 ft.*lbf }

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 329/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

6.  Connect the clutch stroke sensor connector and motor connector.

7.  Install the wire harness bracket onto the transaxle with the bolt.

Torque:
13 N*m{ 131 kgf*cm , 9.5 ft.*lbf }

29. INSTALL BATTERY CARRIER (for 1KR-FE)

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 330/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

1.  Install the battery carrier with the 4 bolts.

Torque:
17 N*m{ 175 kgf*cm , 13 ft.*lbf }

30. INSTALL BATTERY CARRIER (for 2SZ-FE)

1.  Install the battery carrier with the 5 bolts.

Torque:
17 N*m{ 175 kgf*cm , 13 ft.*lbf }

31. INSTALL BATTERY TRAY

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 331/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

32. INSTALL BATTERY

33. INSTALL BATTERY HOLD DOWN CLAMP

34. INSTALL AIR CLEANER INLET NO.1 (for 2SZ-FE)

1.  Install the air cleaner inlet No. 1.

35. INSTALL COWL TOP PANEL OUTER

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 332/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 333/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

1.  Engage the 2 claws and install cowl to register duct No. 2.

37. INSTALL FR WIPER MOTOR AND LINK ASSEMBLY

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 334/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

1.  Connect the connector.

2.  Slide the wiper link as shown in the illustration and engage the rubber pin with
the body.

3.  Install the front wiper motor and link with the 2 bolts.

Torque:
5.5 N*m{ 56 kgf*cm , 49 in.*lbf }

38. INSTALL COWL TOP VENTILATOR LOUVER LH (for LHD)

1.  Engage the 4 claws and install the cowl top ventilator louver LH.

2.  Install the 2 clips.

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 335/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

39. INSTALL COWL TOP VENTILATOR LOUVER SUB-ASSEMBLY (for LHD)

1.  Connect the washer hose.

 
2. Engage the 11 claws and install the cowl top ventilator louver sub-assembly.
3.  Install the clip.

4.  Connect the washer hose.

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 336/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

5.  Engage the 2 hooks and install cowl top ventilator louver center No. 1.

40. INSTALL COWL TOP VENTILATOR LOUVER LH (for RHD)

 
1. Engage the 4 claws and install the cowl top ventilator louver LH.
2.  Install the clip.

41. INSTALL COWL TOP VENTILATOR LOUVER SUB-ASSEMBLY (for RHD)

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 337/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

1.  Engage the 10 claws and install the cowl top ventilator louver sub-assembly.

2.  Install the clip.

3.  Connect the washer hose.

42. INSTALL HOOD TO COWL TOP SEAL

1.  Engage the 7 clips and install the hood to cowl top seal.

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 338/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

43. INSTALL FRONT WIPER ARM AND BLADE ASSEMBLY LH

1.  Scrape any metal powder off the serrated part of the wiper arm with a round file
or the equivalent (when reinstalling).

2.  Clean the wiper pivot serrations with a wire brush.

3.  Operate the wiper, then stop the windshield wiper motor in the automatic stop
 position.

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 339/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

4.  Align the blade tip with the mark on the windshield glass, as shown in the
illustration.

5.  Tighten the nut of the front wiper arm.

Torque:
26 N*m{ 265 kgf*cm , 19 ft.*lbf }

44. INSTALL FRONT WIPER ARM AND BLADE ASSEMBLY RH

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 340/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

1.  Scrape any metal powder off the serrated part of the wiper arm with a round file
or the equivalent (when reinstalling).

2.  Clean the wiper pivot serrations with a wire brush.

3.  Operate the wiper, then stop the windshield wiper motor in the automatic stop
 position.

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 341/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

4.  Align the blade tip with the mark on the windshield glass, as shown in the
illustration.

5.  Tighten the nut of the front wiper arm.

Torque:
26 N*m{ 265 kgf*cm , 19 ft.*lbf }

45. INSTALL HOOD SUB-ASSEMBLY

46. INSPECT HOOD SUB-ASSEMBLY

1.  Check that the clearance measurements are within the standard ranges.

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 342/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 343/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

(0.297 to 0.533 in.) (0.079 to 0.197 in.)


1.65 to 5.65 mm
F - -
(0.065 to 0.222 in.)

47. ADJUST HOOD SUB-ASSEMBLY

1.  Loosen the hood side hinge bolts.

2.  Move the hood to adjust the clearance to within the standard range.

3.  Tighten the hood side hinge bolts after the adjustment.

Torque:
13 N*m{ 133 kgf*cm , 10 ft.*lbf }

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 344/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

4.  Adjust the height of the hood front end by turning the cushion rubber.

HINT:
The cushion rubber can be raised and lowered by turning it.

5.  Adjust the hood lock.

1.  Loosen the 3 bolts.


2.  Adjust the hood lock position so that the striker can enter it smoothly.
3.  Tighten the 3 bolts after the adjustment.

Torque:
7.5 N*m{ 76 kgf*cm , 66 in.*lbf }

48. INSTALL STEERING SLIDING YOKE SUB-ASSEMBLY

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 345/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

1.  Align the matchmarks and install the sliding yoke onto the intermediate shaft.

Torque:
28 N*m{ 290 kgf*cm , 21 ft.*lbf }

 
2. Tighten bolt A.
Torque:
28 N*m{ 290 kgf*cm , 21 ft.*lbf }

49. INSTALL COLUMN HOLE COVER SILENCER SHEET

1.  Install the column hole cover silencer sheet with the 2 clips.

2.  Install the floor carpet.

50. ADD TRANSAXLE OIL

51. INSPECT AND ADJUST TRANSAXLE OIL

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 346/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

1.  Stop the vehicle on a level place.

2.  Remove the filler plug and gasket.

3.  Check that the oil surface is within 5 mm (0.20 in.) of the lowest position of the
filler plug opening.

 NOTICE:

•  An excessively large or small amount of oil may cause problems.


•  After replacing the oil, drive the vehicle and check the oil level again.

4.  When the oil level is low, check for oil leakage.

5.  Install the filler plug and a new gasket.

Torque:
39 N*m{ 400 kgf*cm , 29 ft.*lbf }

52. INSTALL ENGINE UNDER COVER RH

53. INSTALL ENGINE UNDER COVER LH

54. INSTALL FRONT WHEELS

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 347/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

55. CONNECT CABLE TO NEGATIVE BATTERY TERMINAL


Torque:
5.4 N*m{ 55 kgf*cm , 48 in.*lbf }

56. INITIALIZATION OF MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE ECU


()

57. LEARNING OF MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE SYSTEM


()

58. SYNCHRONIZATION POSITION CALIBRATION


()

59. INSPECT ABS SPEED SENSOR SIGNAL


()

60. INSPECT AND ADJUST FRONT WHEEL ALIGNMENT


()

61. CHECK FOR EXHAUST GAS LEAKAGE

62. CHECK FOR TRANSAXLE OIL LEAKAGE

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 348/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

MULTI-MODE MANUAL

TRANSAXLE
COMPONENTSUNIT >
for Preparation

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 349/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 350/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 351/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

1/3

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 352/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 353/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 354/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

2/3

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 355/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 356/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 357/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

3/3

MULTI-MODE MANUAL
TRANSAXLE UNIT >
DISASSEMBLY
for Preparation

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 358/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

1. REMOVE SHIFT STROKE SENSOR

2. REMOVE CLUTCH RELEASE FORK

3. REMOVE CLUTCH RELEASE FORK LEVER SHAFT OIL SEAL

4. INSPECT NEUTRAL POSITION

1.  Remove the plug from the shift and select actuator.

2.  Look through the plug and check that the slit of the shift and select shaft is in the
 position shown in the illustration.
If not, turn it with a screwdriver.

5. REMOVE LOCK BALL ASSEMBLY NO.1

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 359/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

1.  Using an 18 mm socket wrench, remove the lock ball assembly from the transaxle
case.

6. REMOVE PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION SWITCH ASSEMBLY

1.  Using SST, remove the park/neutral position switch with the gasket from the
transaxle case.

SST
09817-16011

7. REMOVE SHIFT AND SELECT ACTUATOR ASSEMBLY

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 360/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

 
1. Remove the 6 bolts.
2.  Tap the actuator flange with a plastic hammer to remove it.

8. REMOVE BACK-UP LIGHT SWITCH ASSEMBLY

1.  Using SST, remove the back-up light switch with the gasket from the transaxle
case.

SST
09817-16011

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 361/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

9. REMOVE TRANSMISSION REVOLUTION SENSOR

1.  Remove the bolt and transmission case protector.

2.  Remove the bolt and transmission revolution sensor.

3.  Using a small screwdriver, remove the O-ring from the transmission revolution
sensor.

10. REMOVE REVERSE IDLER GEAR SHAFT BOLT

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 362/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 363/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 364/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

3.  Remove gear shift head No.1 and gear shift fork No. 1.

4.  Using 2 screwdrivers and a hammer, remove the snap ring from gear shift fork
shaft No. 1.

14. REMOVE GEAR SHIFT FORK SHAFT NO.3

1.  Using a magnetic finger, remove the straight pin from gear shift fork No. 3.

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 365/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

2.  Using 2 screwdrivers and a hammer, remove the 2 snap rings from gear shift fork
shaft No. 3.

3.  Cover gear shift fork shaft No.3 with a piece of cloth gear shift fork shaft No. 3 at
the upper edge with pliers as shown in the illustration, and pull gear shift fork
shaft No. 3 out of the transaxle case to remove gear shift fork No. 3, compression
spring and gear shift head No. 3.

15. REMOVE REVERSE IDLER GEAR SHAFT

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 366/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

1.  Remove the reverse idler gear shaft from the transaxle case.

16. REMOVE REVERSE SHIFT ARM BRACKET ASSEMBLY

1.  Remove the 2 bolts and reverse shift arm bracket from the transaxle case.

17. REMOVE GEAR SHIFT FORK SHAFT NO.2

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 367/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

1.  Using a magnetic finger, remove the straight pin from the reverse shift fork.

2.  Shift hub sleeve No. 2 into the 3rd gear, as shown.

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 368/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

3.  Remove the set bolt from gear shift fork No. 2.

4.  Pull out gear shift fork snap rings, gear shift fork and the reverse shift fork from

the transaxle case.

5.  Using 2 screwdrivers and a hammer, remove the snap ring from gear shift fork
shaft No. 2.

6.  Remove the reverse shift fork from gear shift fork shaft No. 2.

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 369/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

7.  Using 2 screwdrivers and a hammer, remove the snap ring from gear shift fork
shaft No. 2.

 
8. Remove gear shift fork No. 2 from gear shift fork shaft No. 2.

18. REMOVE INPUT SHAFT

1.  Remove the input shaft assembly from the manual transaxle case.

19. REMOVE OUTPUT SHAFT

1.  Remove the output shaft assembly from the manual transaxle case.

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 370/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

20. REMOVE FRONT DIFFERENTIAL CASE

1.  Remove the differential case assembly from the front transaxle case.

21. REMOVE OIL RECEIVER PIPE NO. 2

1.  Remove the oil receiver pipe No. 2 from the manual transmission case.

 NOTICE:
Do not damage oil receiver pipe No. 2.

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 371/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

22. REMOVE TRANSMISSION MAGNET

1.  Remove the transmission magnet from the front transaxle case.

23. REMOVE FRONT TRANSAXLE CASE OIL SEAL

1.  Using a screwdriver, remove the front transaxle case oil seal.

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 372/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

24. REMOVE OUTPUT SHAFT FRONT BEARING

1.  Using SST, remove the output shaft front bearing (outer race) from the front
transaxle case.

SST
09308-00010

25. REMOVE OUTPUT SHAFT COVER

1.  Remove the output shaft cover from the front transaxle case.

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 373/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

26. REMOVE TRANSMISSION CASE OIL SEAL

1.  Using a screwdriver, remove the transmission case oil seal.

27. REMOVE FR DIFFERENTIAL CASE REAR TAPERED ROLLER BEARING

1.  Using SST, remove the front differential case rear tapered roller bearing and the
shim.

SST

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 374/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

09950-60010 (09951-00560)
09950-70010 (09951-07200)

28. REMOVE TRANSAXLE CASE OIL SEAL

1.  Using a screwdriver, remove the transaxle case oil seal from the front transaxle
case.

29. REMOVE FR DIFFERENTIAL CASE FRONT TAPERED ROLLER BEARING

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 375/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

1.  Using a brass bar and hammer, remove the front differential case front tapered
roller bearing.

30. REMOVE INPUT SHAFT REAR BEARING SHIM

1.  Remove the input shaft rear bearing shim.

31. REMOVE OUTPUT SHAFT REAR BEARING

1.  Using SST, remove the output shaft rear bearing.

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 376/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

SST
09527-30010
09612-65014 (09612-01030, 09612-01050)

32. REMOVE OUTPUT SHAFT REAR BEARING SHIM

1.  Remove the output shaft rear bearing shim.

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 377/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

MULTI-MODE MANUAL
TRANSAXLE UNIT > INSPECTION

for Preparation

1. INSPECT REVERSE IDLER GEAR SUB-ASSEMBLY

1.  Using a micrometer, measure the outer diameter of the reverse idler gear shaft.

Standard outer diameter:


15.97 to 15.98 mm (0.6287 to 0.6291 in.)
Minimum outer diameter:
15.97 mm (0.6287 in.)

If the outer diameter is less than the minimum, replace the reverse idler gear shaft.

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 378/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

2.  Using a caliper gauge, measure the inside diameter of the reverse idler gear.

Standard inside diameter:


16.04 to 16.05 mm (0.6315 to 0.6319 in.)
Maximum inside diameter:

16.05 mm (0.6319 in.)


If the inside diameter exceeds the maximum, replace the reverse idler gear.

2. INSPECT REVERSE SHIFT FORK

1.  Using a caliper gauge, measure the inside diameter of the reverse shift fork.

Standard inside diameter:


14.27 to 14.42 mm (0.5591 to 0.5677 in.) for A
14.01 to 14.03 mm (0.5516 to 0.5524 in.) for B
Maximum inside diameter:
14.42 mm (0.5677 in.) for A
14.03 mm (0.5524 in.) for B

If the inside diameter exceeds the maximum, replace the reverse shift fork.

3. INSPECT GEAR SHIFT FORK SHAFT NO.1

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 379/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

1.  Using a micrometer, measure the outer diameter of gear shift fork shaft No. 1.

Standard outer diameter:


13.97 to 13.98 mm (0.5500 to 0.5504 in.)
Minimum outer diameter:
13.97 mm (0.5500 in.)

If the outer diameter is less than the minimum, replace gear shift fork shaft No. 1.

4. INSPECT GEAR SHIFT FORK SHAFT NO.2

1.  Using a micrometer, measure the outer diameter of gear shift fork shaft No. 2.

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 380/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

Standard outer diameter:


13.97 to 13.98 mm (0.5500 to 0.5504 in.)
Minimum outer diameter:
13.97 mm (0.5500 in.)

If the outer diameter is less than the minimum, replace gear shift fork shaft No. 2.

5. INSPECT GEAR SHIFT FORK SHAFT NO.3

1.  Using a micrometer, measure the outer diameter of gear shift fork shaft No. 3.

Standard outer diameter:


13.97 to 13.98 mm (0.5500 to 0.5504 in.)
Minimum outer diameter:
13.97 mm (0.5500 in.)

If the outer diameter is less than the minimum, replace gear shift fork shaft No. 3.

6. INSPECT GEAR SHIFT FORK NO.1

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 381/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

1.  Using vernier calipers, measure the inside diameter of gear shift fork No. 1.

Standard inside diameter and thickness:


9.9 to 10.0 mm (0.3898 to 0.3937 in.) for A
9.9 to 10.0 mm (0.3898 to 0.3937 in.) for B
14.00 to 14.02 mm (0.5512 to 0.5520 in.) for C

If the inside diameter and thickness are outside the specifications, replace gear
shift fork No. 1.

7. INSPECT GEAR SHIFT FORK NO.2

1.  Using vernier calipers, measure the inside diameter of gear shift fork No. 2.

Standard inside diameter and thickness:

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 382/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

9.9 to 10.0 mm (0.3898 to 0.3937 in.) for A


14.00 to 14.02 mm (0.5512 to 0.5520 in.) for B

If the inside diameter and thickness are outside the specifications, replace gear
shift fork No. 2.

8. INSPECT GEAR SHIFT FORK NO.3

1.  Using vernier calipers, measure the inside diameter of gear shift fork No. 3.

Standard inside diameter and thickness:


9.9 to 10.0 mm (0.3898 to 0.3937 in.) for A
14.00 to 14.02 mm (0.5512 to 0.5520 in.) for B

If the inside diameter and thickness are outside the specifications, replace gear
shift fork No. 3.

9. INSPECT GEAR SHIFT HEAD NO.1

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 383/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

1.  Using vernier calipers, measure the inside diameter of gear shift head No. 1.

Standard inside diameter:


14.00 to 14.05 mm (0.5512 to 0.5531 in.)
Maximum inside diameter:
14.05 mm (0.5531 in.)

If the inside diameter exceeds the maximum, replace gear shift head No. 1.

10. INSPECT GEAR SHIFT HEAD NO.3

1.  Using vernier calipers, measure the inside diameter of gear shift head No. 3.

Standard inside diameter:


14.00 to 14.05 mm (0.5512 to 0.5531 in.) for A
14.2 to 14.4 mm (0.5591 to 0.5669 in.) for B

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 384/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

Maximum inside diameter:


14.05 mm (0.5531 in.) for A
14.4 mm (0.5669 in.) for B

If the inside diameter exceeds the maximum, replace gear shift head No. 3.

MULTI-MODE MANUAL
TRANSAXLE UNIT >
REASSEMBLY
for Preparation

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 385/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

1. INSTALL TRANSAXLE CASE STRAIGHT PIN

1.  Install the transaxle case straight pin.

Standard depth:
10.5 to 11.5 mm (0.4134 to 0.4528 in.)

2. INSTALL OUTPUT SHAFT COVER

1.  Install the output shaft cover as shown in the illustration.

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 386/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

3. INSTALL OUTPUT SHAFT FRONT BEARING

1.  Using SST and a press, press in the output shaft front bearing (outer race).

SST
09950-60010 (09951-00510)
09950-70010 (09951-07150)

4. INSTALL FR DIFFERENTIAL CASE FRONT TAPERED ROLLER BEARING

1.  Using SST and a press, press in the front differential case front tapered roller
 bearing (outer race).

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 387/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

SST
09350-32014 (09351-32111, 09351-32130)

5. INSTALL FR DIFFERENTIAL CASE REAR TAPERED ROLLER BEARING

1.  Install the shim onto the manual transmission case.

HINT:
When re-using the output shaft rear tapered roller bearing, first install a shim of
the same thickness as before. If installing a new output shaft rear tapered roller
 bearing, first select and install a shim which is thinner than the original.

2.  Using SST and a press, press in the FR differential case rear tapered roller bearing
(outer race).

SST
09950-60010 (09951-00620)
09950-70010 (09951-07100)

6. INSPECT DIFFERENTIAL SIDE BEARING PRELOAD

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 388/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

1.  Coat the differential case assembly with gear oil, and install it onto the front
transaxle case.

2.  Install the manual transmission case with the 13 bolts.

Torque:
29 N*m{ 300 kgf*cm , 22 ft.*lbf }
HINT:
Manual transmission case side: 8 bolts
Front transaxle case side: 5 bolts

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 389/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

3.  Using SST and a torque wrench, turn the differential case assembly right and left
2 or 3 times to allow the bearings to settle.

SST
09564-32011

4.  Using SST and a torque wrench, measure the preload.

SST
09564-32011
Preload (at starting):
 New bearing:
0.78 to 1.57 N*m (7.95 to 16.00 kgf*cm, 6.9 to 13.89 in.*lbf)
Used bearing:
0.49 to 0.98 N*m (5.00 to 9.99 kgf*cm, 4.3 to 8.67 in.*lbf)

5.  Select another shim.

Mark Thickness mm (in.) Mark Thickness mm (in.) Mark Thickness mm (in.)


AA 2.10 (0.0827) HH 2.45 (0.0965) QQ 2.80 (0.1102)
BB 2.15 (0.0847) JJ 2.50 (0.0984) RR 2.85 (0.1122)
CC 2.20 (0.0866) KK 2.55 (0.1004) SS 2.90 (0.1142)

DD 2.25 (0.0886) LL 2.60 (0.1024) TT 2.95 (0.1161)


EE 2.30 (0.0906) MM 2.65 (0.1043) UU 3.00 (0.1181)
FF 2.35 (0.0925) NN 2.70 (0.1063) - -
GG 2.40 (0.0945) PP 2.75 (0.1083) - -

6.  Remove the 13 bolts and the manual transmission case from the front transaxle
case.

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 390/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

7.  Remove the differential case assembly from the front transaxle case.

7. INSTALL OUTPUT SHAFT REAR BEARING

1.  Install the output shaft rear bearing shim onto the manual transmission case.

HINT:
When re-using the output shaft rear tapered roller bearing, first install a shim of
the same thickness as before. If installing a new output shaft rear tapered roller
 bearing, first select and install a shim which is thinner than the original.

2.  Using SST and a press, press in the output shaft rear bearing (outer race).

SST

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 391/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

09950-60010 (09951-00570)
09950-70010 (09951-07200)

8. ADJUST OUTPUT SHAFT BEARING PRELOAD

1.  Install the output shaft assembly and the differential case assembly onto the front
transaxle case.

2.  Install the manual transmission case onto the front transaxle case with the 13
 bolts.

Torque:
29 N*m{ 300 kgf*cm , 22 ft.*lbf }

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 392/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

3.  Using SST and a torque wrench, turn the output shaft assembly and differential
case assembly right and left 2 or 3 times to allow the bearings to settle.

SST
09564-32011

4.  Using SST and a torque wrench, measure the preload.

SST
09564-32011
Preload (at starting):
 New bearing:
3.46 to 6.91 N*m (35.3 to 70.5 kgf*cm, 30.6 to 61.2 in.*lbf) for 1KR-FE
3.18 to 6.35 N*m (32.4 to 64.7 kgf*cm, 28.1 to 56.2 in.*lbf) for 2SZ-FE
Used bearing:
2.16 to 4.32 N*m (22.0 to 44.1 kgf*cm, 19.1 to 38.2 in.*lbf) for 1KR-FE
1.98 to 3.97 N*m (20.2 to 40.5 kgf*cm, 17.5 to 35.1 in.*lbf) for 2SZ-FE

5.  Select another output shaft rear bearing shim.

Thickness Thickness
Mark Mark 
mm (in.) mm (in.)

A 1.55
(0.0610) J 1.95
(0.0768)
1.60 2.00
B K
(0.0630) (0.0787)
1.65 2.05
C L
(0.0650) (0.0807)
D 1.70 M 2.10

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 393/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

(0.0669) (0.0827)
1.75 2.15
E  N
(0.0689) (0.0846)
1.80 2.20
F P
(0.0709) (0.0866)
1.85 2.25
G Q
(0.0728) (0.0886)
1.90
H
(0.0748)

6.  Remove the 13 bolts and the manual transmission case from the front transaxle
case.
7.  Remove the output shaft assembly from the front transaxle case.

8.  Remove the differential case assembly from the front transaxle case.

9. INSTALL INPUT SHAFT REAR BEARING SHIM

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 394/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

1.  Using vernier calipers, accurately measure dimensions A and B.

2.  Select an input shaft rear bearing shim that brings the value within the
specifications.

Shim thickness:
Shim thickness (B - A) should be more than 0 mm (0 in.) and less than 0.1 mm
(0.0039 in.)
Thickness Thickness
Mark Mark 
mm (in.) mm (in.)
1.80 2.15
F  N
(0.0709) (0.0846)

G 1.85 P 2.20
(0.0728) (0.0866)
1.90 2.25
H Q
(0.0748) (0.0886)
1.95 2.30
J R
(0.0768) (0.0906)
K 2.00 S 2.35

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 395/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

(0.0787) (0.0925)
2.05 2.40
L T
(0.0807) (0.0945)
2.10
M - -
(0.0827)

3.  Install the input shaft rear bearing shim.

10. INSTALL TRANSMISSION CASE OIL SEAL

1.  Using SST and a hammer, install a new transmission case oil seal into the manual
transmission case.

SST
09950-60010 (09951-00370)
09950-70010 (09951-07150)
Drive in depth:
2.1 to 3.1 mm (0.083 to 0.122 in.)

 
2. Coat the tip of the transmission oil seal with MP grease.

11. INSTALL TRANSAXLE CASE OIL SEAL

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 396/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

1.  Using SST and a hammer, install the transaxle case oil seal to the front transaxle
case.

SST
09316-60011 (09316-00011)
Drive in depth:
1.7 to 2.7 mm (0.067 to 0.106 in.)

2.  Coat the tip of the transmission case oil seal with MP grease.

12. INSTALL FRONT TRANSAXLE CASE OIL SEAL

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 397/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

1.  Using SST and a hammer, install the front transaxle case oil seal into the front
transaxle case.

SST
09710-20011 (09710-06071)

09950-70010
Drive in depth: (09951-07150)
14.4 to 15.4 mm (0.567 to 0.606 in.)

2.  Coat the tip of the front transaxle case oil seal with MP grease.

13. INSTALL TRANSMISSION MAGNET

1.  Clean the transmission magnet and then install it onto the front transaxle case.

14. INSTALL OIL RECEIVER PIPE NO. 2

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 398/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

1.  Install oil receiver pipe No. 2 onto the manual transmission case.

 NOTICE:
Do not damage oil receiver pipe No. 2.

15. INSTALL FRONT DIFFERENTIAL CASE

1.  Coat the differential case tapered roller bearings with gear oil, and install them
onto the front transaxle case.

16. INSTALL OUTPUT SHAFT

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 399/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

1.  Install the output shaft assembly onto the front transaxle case.

17. INSTALL INPUT SHAFT

1.  Coat the sliding and rotating surfaces of the input and output shafts assembly with
gear oil, and install them onto the front transaxle case.

18. INSTALL GEAR SHIFT FORK SHAFT NO.2

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 400/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

 
1. Install gear shift fork No. 2 onto gear shift fork shaft No. 2.
2.  Using a screwdriver and hammer, install a new snap ring onto gear shift fork shaft
 No. 2.

3.  Install the reverse shift fork onto gear shift fork shaft No. 2.

4.  Using a screwdriver and hammer, install a new snap ring onto gear shift fork shaft
 No. 2.

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 401/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

5.  Shift hub sleeve No. 2 into the 3rd gear, as shown.

6.  Install gear shift fork shaft No. 2 with the 2 snap rings.

7.  Install gear shift fork No.2 and reverse shift fork onto the transaxle case.

8.  Set gear shift fork No. 2 onto hub sleeve No. 2.

9.  Install the set bolt onto gear shift fork No. 2.

Torque:
16 N*m{ 160 kgf*cm , 12 ft.*lbf }

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 402/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

10. Using a magnetic finger, install the straight pin into the reverse shift fork.

 NOTICE:

Insert the straight pin along the groove on gear shift fork shaft No. 2, as shown in
the illustration.

19. INSTALL REVERSE SHIFT ARM BRACKET ASSEMBLY

1.  Install the reverse shift arm bracket onto the transaxle case with the 2 bolts.
Torque:
17 N*m{ 175 kgf*cm , 13 ft.*lbf }
 NOTICE:
Fit the edge of the reverse shift fork into the hole in the reverse shift arm bracket.

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 403/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

20. INSTALL REVERSE IDLER GEAR SHAFT

1.  Coat the reverse idler gear shaft with gear oil, and install it onto the transmission
case.

 NOTICE:
Set the top of the reverse shift arm bracket into the groove on the reverse idler
gear, as shown in the illustration.

2.  Align the mark on the reverse idler gear shaft with the bolt hole, as shown in the
illustration.

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 404/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

21. INSTALL GEAR SHIFT FORK SHAFT NO.3

1.  Install gear shift fork No. 3, the compression spring and gear shift head No. 3 onto
gear shift fork shaft No. 3.

2.  Install gear shift fork shaft No. 3 onto the transaxle case together with gear shift
fork No. 3, the compression spring and shift head No. 3.

3.  Set gear shift fork No. 3 onto hub sleeve No. 3.

4.  Using a screwdriver and hammer, tap 2 new snap rings onto gear shift fork shaft
 No. 3.

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 405/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

5.  Using a magnetic finger, install the straight pin onto gear shift fork No. 3.

22. INSTALL GEAR SHIFT FORK SHAFT NO.1

1.  Using a screwdriver and hammer, install a new snap ring onto gear shift fork shaft
 No. 1.

2.  Set gear shift fork No. 1 onto the reverse gear.

3.  Set gear shift head No. 1 onto gear shift fork No. 1.

4.  Install gear shift fork shaft No. 1 onto the transaxle case with the snap ring.

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 406/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 407/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 408/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

2.  Coat the 13 bolts with sealant.

Sealant:

Toyota Genuine Adhesive 1344, Three Bond 1344 or Equivalent


3.  Install the transmission case onto the transaxle case with the 13 bolts.

Torque:
29 N*m{ 300 kgf*cm , 22 ft.*lbf }

26. INSTALL REVERSE IDLER GEAR SHAFT BOLT

1.  Apply sealant to the reverse idler gear shaft lock bolt threads.

Sealant:
Toyota Genuine Adhesive 1344, Three Bond 1344 or Equivalent

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 409/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

2.  Install the reverse idler gear shaft lock bolt with a new gasket.

Torque:
29 N*m{ 300 kgf*cm , 22 ft.*lbf }

27. INSTALL TRANSMISSION REVOLUTION SENSOR

1.  Install a new O-ring onto the transmission revolution sensor.

2.  Install the transmission revolution sensor with the bolt.

Torque:
7.8 N*m{ 80 kgf*cm , 69 in.*lbf }

3.  Install the transmission case protector with the bolt.

Torque:
18 N*m{ 185 kgf*cm , 13 ft.*lbf }

28. INSTALL SHIFT AND SELECT ACTUATOR ASSEMBLY

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 410/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

1.  Apply FIPG to the transmission case as shown.

FIPG:

Toyota Genuine Seal Packing 1281, Three Bond 1281 or Equivalent


2.  Apply sealant to the actuator set bolt threads.

Sealant:
Toyota Genuine Adhesive 1344, Three Bond 1344 or Equivalent

3.  Install the shift and select actuator with the 6 bolts and wire harness clamp.

Torque:
18 N*m{ 184 kgf*cm , 13 ft.*lbf }

29. INSTALL PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION SWITCH ASSEMBLY

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 411/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

1.  Using SST, install the park/neutral position switch with a new gasket onto the
transaxle case.

Torque:
40 N*m{ 410 kgf*cm , 30 ft.*lbf }
SST
09817-16011

30. INSTALL LOCK BALL ASSEMBLY NO.1

1.  Apply sealant to the lock ball assembly threads.

Sealant:

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 412/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

Toyota Genuine Adhesive 1344, Three Bond 1344 or Equivalent

2.  Using an 18 mm socket wrench, install the lock ball assembly onto the
transmission case.

Torque:
37 N*m{ 375 kgf*cm , 27 ft.*lbf }

31. INSTALL BACK-UP LIGHT SWITCH ASSEMBLY

1.  Using SST, install the back-up light switch with a new gasket onto the transaxle
case.

SST
09817-16011
Torque:
40 N*m{ 410 kgf*cm , 30 ft.*lbf }

32. INSTALL CLUTCH RELEASE FORK LEVER SHAFT OIL SEAL

33. INSTALL CLUTCH RELEASE FORK

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 413/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

34. INSTALL SHIFT STROKE SENSOR

INPUT SHAFT > COMPONENTS


for Preparation

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 414/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 415/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 416/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

1/2

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 417/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 418/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 419/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

2/2

INPUT SHAFT > DISASSEMBLY


for Preparation

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 420/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

1. INSPECT 3RD GEAR THRUST CLEARANCE

1.  Using a feeler gauge, measure the 3rd gear thrust clearance.

Standard clearance:
0.10 to 0.35 mm (0.0039 to 0.0138 in.)
Maximum clearance:
0.35 mm (0.0138 in.)

If the clearance exceeds the maximum, replace the 3rd gear synchronizer ring.

2. INSPECT 5TH GEAR THRUST CLEARANCE

1.  Using a dial indicator, measure the 5th gear thrust clearance.

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 421/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

Standard clearance:
0.10 to 0.50 mm (0.0039 to 0.0197 in.)
Maximum clearance:
0.50 mm (0.0197 in.)

If the clearance exceeds the maximum, replace the 5th gear synchronizer ring.

3. INSPECT 3RD GEAR RADIAL CLEARANCE

1.  Using a dial indicator, measure the 3rd gear radial clearance.

Standard clearance:
0.015 to 0.058 mm (0.0006 to 0.0023 in.)
Maximum clearance:
0.058 mm (0.0023 in.)

If the clearance exceeds the maximum, replace the 3rd gear needle roller bearing
or the shaft.

4. INSPECT 4TH GEAR RADIAL CLEARANCE

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 422/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 423/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

0.015 to 0.058 mm (0.0006 to 0.0023 in.)


Maximum clearance:
0.058 mm (0.0023 in.)

If the clearance exceeds the maximum, replace the 5th gear needle roller bearing

or the shaft.

6. REMOVE 5TH GEAR

1.  Using SST and a press, remove the input shaft rear radial ball bearing, hub sleeve
 No. 3, 5th gear synchronizer ring and 5th gear from the input shaft.

SST
09950-00020
09612-24014 (09612-10061)
HINT:

•  Support the input shaft by hand to prevent it from dropping off.


•  Set the claw of SST between the 4th gear and 5th gear, as shown in the
illustration.

 NOTICE:
Do not excessively tighten SST.

7. REMOVE TRANSMISSION CLUTCH HUB NO.3

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 424/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

1.  Remove the 2 shifting key springs No. 1 from the transmission clutch hub No. 3.

2.  Remove the transmission hub sleeve No. 3 from the transmission clutch hub No.
3.

3.  Remove the 3 shifting keys No. 3 from the transmission clutch hub No. 3.

8. REMOVE 5TH GEAR NEEDLE ROLLER BEARING

1.  Remove the 5th gear needle roller bearing from the input shaft.

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 425/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

9. REMOVE 5TH GEAR BEARING SPACER

1.  Remove the 5th gear bearing spacer from the input shaft.

10. INSPECT 4TH GEAR THRUST CLEARANCE

1.  Using a dial indicator, measure the 4th gear thrust clearance.

Standard clearance:
0.10 to 0.55 mm (0.0039 to 0.0217 in.)
Maximum clearance:

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 426/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

0.55 mm (0.0217 in.)

If the clearance exceeds the maximum, replace the 4th gear synchronizer ring.

11. REMOVE 5TH GEAR SHAFT SNAP RING

1.  Using a snap ring expander, remove the 5th gear shaft snap ring from the input
shaft.

HINT:
Do not damage the journal surface of the input shaft.

12. REMOVE 5TH GEAR THRUST WASHER

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 427/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 428/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

1.  Remove the 4th gear from the input shaft.

15. REMOVE 4TH GEAR NEEDLE ROLLER BEARING

1.  Remove the 4th gear needle roller bearing from the input shaft.

16. REMOVE 4TH GEAR BEARING SPACER

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 429/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

1.  Remove the 4th gear bearing spacer from the input shaft.

17. REMOVE 4TH GEAR SYNCHRONIZER RING

1.  Remove the 4th gear synchronizer ring from the clutch hub No. 2.

18. REMOVE CLUTCH HUB NO.2 SETTING SHAFT SNAP RING

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 430/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

1.  Using a snap ring expander, remove the clutch hub No. 2 setting shaft snap ring
from the input shaft.

HINT:
Do not damage the journal surface of the input shaft.

19. REMOVE 3RD GEAR

1.  Using SST and a press, remove the hub sleeve No. 2, 3rd gear synchronizer ring
and 3rd gear from the input shaft.

SST
09950-00020
 NOTICE:

•  Do not excessively tighten SST.


•  Support the input shaft by hand to prevent it from dropping off

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 431/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

20. REMOVE TRANSMISSION CLUTCH HUB NO.2

1.  Remove the 2 shifting key springs No. 1 from the transmission clutch hub No. 2.

2.  Remove the transmission hub sleeve No. 2 from the transmission clutch hub No.
2.

3.  Remove the 3 shifting keys No. 2 from the transmission clutch hub No. 2.

21. REMOVE 3RD GEAR NEEDLE ROLLER BEARING

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 432/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

1.  Remove the 3rd gear needle roller bearing from the input shaft.

22. REMOVE INPUT SHAFT FRONT BEARING

1.  Using a press, remove the input shaft front bearing from the input shaft.

SST
09950-00020
HINT:
Support the input shaft by hand to prevent it from dropping off.

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 433/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

INPUT SHAFT > INSPECTION


for Preparation

1. INSPECT INPUT SHAFT

1.  Check the input shaft for wear and damage.

2.  Using a dial indicator, check the input shaft runout.

Maximum runout:
0.03 mm (0.0012 in.)

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 434/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

If the runout exceeds the maximum, replace the input shaft.

3.  Using a micrometer, measure the outer diameter of the input shaft journal surface.

Standard:
Measured Outer Diameter mm
Part (in.)
25.502 to 25.515
A
(1.0040 to 1.00453)
30.985 to 31.000
B
(1.2199 to 1.2205)
33.985 to 34.000
C, D
(1.3380 to 1.3386)
23.002 to 23.015
E
(0.9056 to 0.9091)
22.967 to 23.000
F
(0.9042 to 0.9055)

If the outer diameters are below the minimum, replace the input shaft.

2. INSPECT 3RD GEAR

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 435/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

1.  Using a cylinder gauge, measure the inside diameter of the 3rd gear.

Standard inside diameter:


39.015 to 39.031 mm (1.5360 to 1.5367 in.)
Maximum inside diameter:
39.031 mm (1.5367 in.)

If the inside diameter exceeds the maximum, replace the 3rd gear.

3. INSPECT 4TH GEAR

1.  Using a cylinder gauge, measure the inside diameter of the 4th gear.

Standard inside diameter:


39.015 to 39.031 mm (1.5360 to 1.5367 in.)
Maximum inside diameter:

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 436/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

39.031 mm (1.5367 in.)

If the inside diameter exceeds the maximum, replace the 4th gear.

4. INSPECT 5TH GEAR

1.  Using a cylinder gauge, measure the inside diameter of the 5th gear.

Standard inside diameter:


36.015 to 36.031 mm (1.4179 to 1.4185 in.)
Maximum inside diameter:
36.031 mm (1.4185 in.)

If the inside diameter exceeds the maximum, replace the 5th gear.

5. INSPECT 3RD GEAR SYNCHRONIZER RING

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 437/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

1.  Check for wear and damage.

2.  Coat the 3rd gear cone with gear oil.

3.  Turn the 3rd gear synchronizer ring in one direction while pushing it against the
3rd gear cone.

4.  Check that the ring locks.


If the synchronizer ring does not lock, replace the synchronizer ring or the 3rd
gear.

5.  Using a feeler gauge, measure the clearance between the synchronizer ring back
and the gear spline end.

Standard clearance:
0.75 to 1.65 mm (0.0295 to 0.0650 in.)
Minimum clearance:
0.75 mm (0.0295 in.)

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 438/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

If the clearance is less than the minimum, replace the synchronizer ring or the 3rd
gear.

6. INSPECT 4TH GEAR SYNCHRONIZER RING

1.  Check for wear and damage.

2.  Coat the 4th gear cone with gear oil.

3.  Turn the synchronizer ring in one direction while pushing it against the 4th gear
cone.

4.  Check that the ring locks.


If the synchronizer ring does not lock, replace the synchronizer ring or the 4th
gear.

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 439/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 440/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

2.  Coat the 5th gear cone with gear oil.

3.  Turn the synchronizer ring in one direction while pushing it against the 5th gear
cone.

 
4. Check that the ring ring
If the synchronizer locks.
does not lock, replace the synchronizer ring or the 5th
gear.

5.  Using a feeler gauge, measure the clearance between the synchronizer ring back
and the gear spline end.

Standard clearance:
0.75 to 1.65 mm (0.0295 to 0.0650 in.)
Minimum clearance:
0.75 mm (0.0295 in.)

If the clearance is less than the minimum, replace the synchronizer ring or the 5th
gear.

8. INSPECT TRANSMISSION HUB SLEEVE NO.2

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 441/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 442/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

0.15 to 0.35 mm (0.0059 to 0.0138 in.)

If the clearance is outside the specifications, replace the transmission hub sleeve
 No. 3 and gear shift fork No. 3.

INPUT SHAFT > REASSEMBLY


for Preparation

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 443/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

1. INSTALL INPUT SHAFT FRONT BEARING

1.  Using SST and a press, install a new input shaft front bearing onto the input shaft.

SST
09515-10010

2. INSTALL 3RD GEAR NEEDLE ROLLER BEARING

1.  Coat the 3rd gear needle roller bearing with gear oil, and install it onto the input
shaft.

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 444/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

3. INSTALL 3RD GEAR

1.  Coat the 3rd gear with gear oil, and install it onto the input shaft.

4. INSTALL 3RD GEAR SYNCHRONIZER RING

1.  Coat the 3rd gear synchronizer ring with gear oil, and install it onto the 3rd gear.

5. INSTALL TRANSMISSION CLUTCH HUB NO.2

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 445/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

1.  Install the 3 shifting keys No. 2, 2 shifting key springs and transmission hub
sleeve No. 2 onto the clutch hub No. 2.

 NOTICE:
Assemble the transmission hub sleeve No. 2 and transmission clutch hub No. 2 in
the correct orientations, as shown in the illustration.

2.  Using SST and a press, install the transmission clutch hub sleeve No. 2 onto the

input shaft.
SST
09506-35010

6. INSTALL CLUTCH HUB NO.2 SETTING SHAFT SNAP RING

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 446/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

1.  Select a snap ring that allows the minimum axial play.

Standard clearance:
0.1 mm (0.0039 in.) or less.
Thickness Thickness
Mark Mark 
mm (in.) mm (in.)
2.28 2.46
A D
(0.0898) (0.0969)
2.34 2.52
B E
(0.0921) (0.0992)
2.40 2.58
C (0.0945) F (0.1016)

2.  Using a snap ring expander, install the new snap ring onto the input shaft.

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 447/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

HINT:
Do not damage the journal surface of the input shaft.

7. INSPECT 3RD GEAR THRUST CLEARANCE

1.  Using a feeler gauge, measure the 3rd gear thrust clearance.

Standard clearance:
0.10 to 0.35 mm (0.0039 to 0.0138 in.)
Maximum clearance:
0.35 mm (0.0138 in.)

If the clearance exceeds the maximum, replace the 3rd gear synchronizer ring.

8. INSPECT 3RD GEAR RADIAL CLEARANCE

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 448/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

1.  Using a dial indicator, measure the 3rd gear radial clearance.

Standard clearance:
0.015 to 0.058 mm (0.0006 to 0.0023 in.)
Maximum clearance:
0.058 mm (0.0023 in.)

If the clearance exceeds the maximum, replace the 3rd gear needle roller bearing
or the shaft.

9. INSTALL 4TH GEAR SYNCHRONIZER RING

1.  Coat the 4th gear synchronizer ring with gear oil, and install it onto transmission
clutch hub No. 2.

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 449/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 450/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

12. INSTALL 4TH GEAR

1.  Coat the 4th gear with gear oil, and install it onto the input shaft.

13. INSTALL 5TH GEAR THRUST WASHER BALL

1.  Install the 5th gear thrust washer ball onto the input shaft.

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 451/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

14. INSTALL 5TH GEAR THRUST WASHER

1.  Coat the 5th gear thrust washer with gear oil, and install it onto the input shaft.

15. INSTALL 5TH GEAR SHAFT SNAP RING

1.  Select a snap ring, using the table below, that makes the thrust clearance of the
5th gear thrust washer less than 0.1 mm (0.0039 in.).

Thickness Thickness
Mark Mark 
mm (in.) mm (in.)
2.28 2.46
1 4
(0.0898) (0.0969)

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 452/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

2.34 2.52
2 5
(0.0921) (0.0992)
2.40 2.58
3 6
(0.0945) (0.1016)

2.  Using a snap ring expander, install a new snap ring onto the input shaft.

HINT:
Do not damage the journal surface of the input shaft.

16. INSPECT 4TH GEAR THRUST CLEARANCE

1.  Using a dial indicator, measure the 4th gear thrust clearance.

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 453/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

Standard clearance:
0.1 to 0.55 mm (0.0039 to 0.0217 in.)
Maximum clearance :
0.55 mm (0.0217 in.)

If the clearance exceeds the maximum, replace the 4th gear synchronizer ring.

17. INSPECT 4TH GEAR RADIAL CLEARANCE

1.  Using a dial indicator, measure the 4th gear radial clearance.

Standard clearance:
0.015 to 0.058 mm (0.0006 to 0.0023 in.)
Maximum clearance:
0.058 mm (0.0023 in.)

If the clearance exceeds the maximum, replace the 4th gear needle roller bearing
or the shaft.

18. INSTALL 5TH GEAR BEARING SPACER

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 454/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

1.  Coat the 5th gear bearing spacer with gear oil, and install it onto the input shaft.

19. INSTALL 5TH GEAR NEEDLE ROLLER BEARING

1.  Coat the 5th gear needle roller bearing with gear oil, and install it onto the input
shaft.

20. INSTALL 5TH GEAR

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 455/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

1.  Coat the 5th gear with gear oil, and install it onto the input shaft.

21. INSTALL 5TH GEAR SYNCHRONIZER RING

1.  Coat the 5th gear synchronizer ring with gear oil, and install it onto the 5th gear.

22. INSTALL TRANSMISSION CLUTCH HUB NO.3

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 456/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

1.  Install the 3 shifting keys No. 3, 2 shifting key springs No. 1 and transmission hub
sleeve No. 3 onto the transmission clutch hub No. 3.

 NOTICE:
Assemble the transmission hub sleeve No. 3 and the transmission clutch hub No.
3 in the correct orientations, as shown in the illustration.

2.  Place the 5th gear synchronizer ring on the 5th gear, and align the synchronizer
ring slots with the shifting keys No. 3.

 
3. Using SST and a press, press the No. 3 hub sleeve into the input shaft.
SST
09515-10010
 NOTICE:
Install the transmission hub sleeve No. 3 in the correct orientation, as shown in
the illustration.

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 457/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

23. INSTALL INPUT SHAFT REAR RADIAL BALL BEARING

1.  Using SST and a press, install a new input shaft rear radial ball bearing onto the
input shaft.

SST
09515-10010

24. INSPECT 5TH GEAR THRUST CLEARANCE

1.  Using a dial indicator, measure the 5th gear thrust clearance.

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 458/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

Standard clearance:
0.10 to 0.50 mm (0.0039 to 0.0197 in.)
Maximum clearance:
0.50 mm (0.0197 in.)

If the clearance exceeds the maximum, replace the 5th gear synchronizer ring.

25. INSPECT 5TH GEAR RADIAL CLEARANCE

1.  Using a dial indicator, measure the 5th gear radial clearance.

Standard clearance:
0.015 to 0.058 mm (0.0006 to 0.0023 in.)
Maximum clearance:
0.058 mm (0.0023 in.)

If the clearance exceeds the maximum, replace the 5th gear needle roller bearing
or the shaft.

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 459/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

OUTPUT SHAFT > COMPONENTS


for Preparation

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 460/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 461/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 462/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

1/2

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 463/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 464/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 465/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

2/2

OUTPUT SHAFT > DISASSEMBLY


for Preparation

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 466/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

1. REMOVE OUTPUT SHAFT REAR BEARING

1.  Using SST and a press, remove the output shaft rear bearing.

SST
09950-60010 (09951-00220)
09950-70010 (09951-07100)

2. INSPECT 1ST GEAR THRUST CLEARANCE

1.  Using a feeler gauge, measure the 1st gear thrust clearance.

Standard clearance:
0.10 to 0.45 mm (0.0039 to 0.0177 in.)
Maximum clearance:

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 467/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

0.45 mm (0.0177 in.)

If the clearance exceeds the maximum, replace the 1st gear synchronizer ring.

3. INSPECT 2ND GEAR THRUST CLEARANCE

1.  Using a feeler gauge, measure the 2nd gear thrust clearance.

Standard clearance:
0.10 to 0.55 mm (0.0039 to 0.0217 in.)
Maximum clearance:
0.55 mm (0.0217 in.)

If the clearance exceeds the maximum, replace the 2nd gear synchronizer ring.

4. INSPECT 1ST GEAR RADIAL CLEARANCE

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 468/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

1.  Using a dial indicator, measure the 1st gear radial clearance.

Standard clearance:
0.015 to 0.056 mm (0.0006 to 0.0022 in.)
Maximum clearance:
0.056 mm (0.0022 in.)

If the clearance exceeds the maximum, replace the 1st gear needle roller bearing
or the shaft.

5. INSPECT 2ND GEAR RADIAL CLEARANCE

1.  Using a dial indicator, measure the 2nd gear radial clearance.

Standard clearance:

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 469/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

0.015 to 0.056 mm (0.0006 to 0.0022 in.)


Maximum clearance:
0.056 mm (0.0022 in.)

If the clearance exceeds the maximum, replace the 2nd gear needle roller bearing

or the shaft.

6. REMOVE COUNTER 5TH GEAR SHAFT SNAP RING

1.  Using 2 screwdrivers and a hammer, remove the counter 5th gear shaft snap ring
from the output shaft.

7. REMOVE 4TH DRIVEN GEAR

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 470/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 471/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

1.  Using SST and a press, remove the 3rd driven gear and 2nd gear from the output
shaft.

SST
09950-00020

10. REMOVE 2ND GEAR NEEDLE ROLLER BEARING

1.  Remove the 2nd gear needle roller bearing from the output shaft.

11. REMOVE 2ND GEAR BEARING SPACER

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 472/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

1.  Remove the 2nd gear bearing spacer from the output shaft.

12. REMOVE 2ND GEAR SYNCHRONIZER RING

1.  Remove the 2nd gear synchronizer ring from the reverse gear.

13. REMOVE CLUTCH HUB NO.1 SHAFT SNAP RING

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 473/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

1.  Using 2 screwdrivers, remove the clutch hub No. 1 shaft snap ring from the output
shaft.

HINT:
Do not damage the journal surface of the output shaft.

14. REMOVE 1ST GEAR

1.  Using a press, remove the transmission clutch hub No. 1 and 1st gear from the
output shaft.

15. REMOVE 1ST GEAR NEEDLE ROLLER BEARING

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 474/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

1.  Remove the 1st gear needle roller bearing from the output shaft.

16. REMOVE OUTPUT SHAFT FRONT BEARING

1.  Using SST and a press, remove the output shaft front bearing from the output
shaft.

SST
09950-00020

17. REMOVE TRANSMISSION CLUTCH HUB NO.1

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 475/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

1.  Remove the 2 shifting key springs No. 1, 3 shifting keys No. 1 and reverse gear
from the transmission clutch hub No. 1.

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 476/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

OUTPUT SHAFT > INSPECTION


for Preparation

1. INSPECT OUTPUT SHAFT

1.  Using a dial indicator, check the shaft runout.

Maximum runout:
0.03 mm (0.0012 in.)

If the runout exceeds the maximum, replace the output shaft.

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 477/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

2.  Using a micrometer, measure the outer diameter of the output shaft journal
surface.

Standard:
Measured Outer Diameter mm
Part (in.)
23.002 to 23.015
A
(0.9056 to 0.9061)
B, C 28.3 (1.1142)
33.985 to 34.000
D, E
(1.3380 to 1.3386)
25.002 to 25.015
F
(0.9843 to 0.9847)

If the outer diameters are below the minimum, replace the input shaft.

2. INSPECT 1ST GEAR

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 478/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

1.  Using a cylinder gauge, measure the inside diameter of the 1st gear.

Standard inside diameter:


39.015 to 39.031 mm (1.5360 to 1.5367 in.)
Maximum inside diameter:
39.031 mm (1.5637 in.)

If the inside diameter exceeds the maximum, replace the 1st gear.

3. INSPECT 2ND GEAR

1.  Using a cylinder gauge, measure the inside diameter of the 2nd gear.

Standard inside diameter:


39.015 to 39.031 mm (1.5360 to 1.5367 in.)
Maximum inside diameter:

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 479/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

39.031 mm (1.5367 in.)

If the inside diameter exceeds the maximum, replace the 2nd gear.

4. INSPECT 1ST GEAR SYNCHRONIZER RING

1.  Check for wear and damage.

2.  Coat the 1st gear cone with gear oil.

3.  Turn the synchronizer ring in one direction while pushing it against the 1st gear
cone.

4.  Check that the ring locks.


If the synchronizer ring does not lock, replace the synchronizer ring or the 1st
gear.

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 480/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

5.  Using a feeler gauge, measure the clearance between the synchronizer ring back
and the gear spline end.

Standard clearance:
0.8 to 1.6 mm (0.031 to 0.063 in.)
Minimum clearance:
0.80 mm (0.031 in.)

If the clearance is less than the minimum, replace the synchronizer ring or the 1st
gear.

5. INSPECT 2ND GEAR SYNCHRONIZER RING

1.  Check for wear and damage.

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 481/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

2.  Coat the 2nd gear cone with gear oil.

3.  Turn the synchronizer ring in one direction while pushing it against the 2nd gear
cone.

 
4. Check that the ring ring
If the synchronizer locks.
does not lock, replace the synchronizer ring or the 2nd
gear.

5.  Using a feeler gauge, measure the clearance between the synchronizer ring back
and the gear spline end.

Standard clearance:
0.8 to 1.6 mm (0.031 to 0.063 in.)
Minimum clearance:
0.80 mm (0.031 in.)

If the clearance is less than the minimum, replace the synchronizer ring or the 2nd
gear.

6. INSPECT REVERSE GEAR

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 482/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

1.  Using vernier calipers, measure the clearance between the reverse gear and the
reveres gear fork.

Standard clearance (A-B):


0.15 to 0.35 mm (0.0059 to 0.0138 in.)

If the clearance is outside the specifications, replace the reverse gear fork and
reverse gear.

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 483/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

OUTPUT SHAFT > REASSEMBLY


for Preparation

1. INSTALL OUTPUT SHAFT FRONT BEARING

1.  Using SST and a press, install the output shaft front bearing onto the output shaft.

SST
09710-22021 (09710-01051)

2. INSTALL 1ST GEAR NEEDLE ROLLER BEARING

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 484/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

1.  Coat the 1st gear needle roller bearing with gear oil, and install it onto the output
shaft.

3. INSTALL 1ST GEAR

1.  Coat the 1st gear with gear oil, and install it onto the output shaft.

4. INSTALL 1ST GEAR SYNCHRONIZER RING

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 485/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

1.  Coat the 1st gear synchronizer ring with gear oil, and install it onto the 1st gear.

5. INSTALL TRANSMISSION CLUTCH HUB NO.1

1.  Install 2 shifting key springs No. 1, 3 shifting keys No. 1 and the reverse gear
onto the transmission clutch hub No. 1.

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 486/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

2.  Using SST and a press, install the transmission clutch hub No. 1 onto the output
shaft.

SST
09316-60011 (09316-00011, 09316-00071)
 NOTICE:
Install the reverse gear assembly in the correct orientation, as shown in the
illustration.

6. INSTALL CLUTCH HUB NO.1 SHAFT SNAP RING

1.  Select a snap ring that allows the minimum axial play.

Standard clearance:
0 to 0.1 mm (0 to 0.0039 in.)
Mark Thickness Mark Thickness

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 487/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

mm (in.) mm (in.)
2.28 2.46
A D
(0.0898) (0.0969)
2.34 2.52
B E
(0.0921) (0.0992)
2.40 2.58
C F
(0.0945) (0.1016)

2.  Using a snap ring expander, install the new snap ring onto the output shaft.

7. INSPECT 1ST GEAR THRUST CLEARANCE

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 488/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

1.  Using a feeler gauge, measure the 1st gear thrust clearance.

Standard clearance:
0.10 to 0.45 mm (0.0039 to 0.0177 in.)
Maximum clearance:

0.45 mm (0.0177 in.)


If the clearance exceeds the maximum, replace the 1st gear synchronizer ring.

8. INSPECT 1ST GEAR RADIAL CLEARANCE

1.  Using a dial indicator, measure the 1st gear radial clearance.

Standard clearance:
0.015 to 0.056 mm (0.0006 to 0.0022 in.)
Maximum clearance:
0.056 mm (0.0022 in.)

If the clearance exceeds the maximum, replace the 1st gear needle roller bearing
or the shaft.

9. INSTALL 2ND GEAR BEARING SPACER

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 489/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

1.  Coat the 2nd gear bearing spacer with gear oil and install it onto the output shaft.

10. INSTALL 2ND GEAR NEEDLE ROLLER BEARING

1.  Coat the 2nd gear needle roller bearing with gear oil, and install it onto the output
shaft.

11. INSTALL 2ND GEAR SYNCHRONIZER RING

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 490/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

1.  Coat the 2nd synchronizer ring with gear oil, and install it onto the reverse gear.

12. INSTALL 2ND GEAR

1.  Coat the 2nd gear with gear oil, and install it onto the output shaft.

13. INSTALL 3RD DRIVEN GEAR

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 491/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

1.  Using SST and a press, install the 3rd driven gear onto the output shaft.

SST
09316-60011 (09316-00041)

14. INSPECT 2ND GEAR THRUST CLEARANCE

1.  Using a feeler gauge, measure the 2nd gear thrust clearance.

Standard clearance:
0.10 to 0.55 mm (0.0039 to 0.0217 in.)
Maximum clearance :
0.55 mm (0.0217 in.)

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 492/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

If the clearance exceeds the maximum, replace the 2nd gear synchronizer ring.

15. INSPECT 2ND GEAR RADIAL CLEARANCE

1.  Using a dial indicator, measure the 2nd gear radial clearance between the gear and
shaft.

Standard clearance:
0.015 to 0.056 mm (0.0006 to 0.0023 in.)
Maximum clearance:
0.056 mm (0.0023 in.)

If the clearance exceeds the maximum, replace the 2nd gear needle roller bearing
or the shaft.

16. INSTALL OUTPUT SHAFT SPACER

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 493/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

1.  Install the output shaft spacer onto the output shaft.

17. INSTALL 4TH DRIVEN GEAR

1.  Using SST and a press, install the 4th driven gear onto the output shaft.

SST
09223-00010
09316-60011 (09316-00021)

18. INSTALL 5TH DRIVEN GEAR

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 494/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

1.  Using SST and a press, install the 5th driven gear onto the output shaft.

SST
09223-00010
09316-60011 (09316-00021)

19. INSTALL COUNTER 5TH GEAR SHAFT SNAP RING

1.  Select a snap ring, using the table below, that makes the thrust clearance of the
5th driven gear less than 0.1 mm (0.0039 in.).

Thickness Thickness
Mark Mark 
mm (in.) mm (in.)
2.22 2.52
A F
(0.0874) (0.0992)
B 2.28 G 2.58

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 495/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

(0.0898) (0.1016)
2.34 2.64
C H
(0.0921) (0.1039)
2.40 2.70
D J
(0.0945) (0.1063)
2.46
E - -
(0.0969)

2.  Using a brass bar and hammer, tap the new snap ring onto the output shaft.

20. INSTALL OUTPUT SHAFT REAR BEARING

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 496/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

1.  Using SST and a press, install the output shaft rear bearing onto the output shaft.

SST
09612-22011

DIFFERENTIAL CASE >


COMPONENTS
for Preparation

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 497/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 498/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 499/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

1/1

DIFFERENTIAL CASE >


DISASSEMBLY
for Preparation

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 500/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

1. REMOVE FR DIFFERENTIAL CASE FRONT TAPERED ROLLER BEARING

1.  Using SST, remove the front differential case front tapered roller bearing.

SST
09950-00020
09950-00030
HINT:
Set the claw of SST to the bearing inner race at the indented part of the

differential case.

2. REMOVE FR DIFFERENTIAL CASE REAR TAPERED ROLLER BEARING

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 501/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

1.  Using SST, remove the front differential case rear tapered roller bearing.

SST
09950-00020
09950-00030

3. REMOVE FRONT DIFFERENTIAL RING GEAR

1.  Place matchmarks on the front differential ring gear and the front differential
case.

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 502/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

2.  Remove the 6 bolts. Using a hammer, remove the front differential ring gear from
the front differential case.

4. REMOVE FRONT DIFFERENTIAL CASE

1.  Using a pin punch and hammer, remove the pinion shaft slotted spring pin.

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 503/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

2.  Remove the pinion shaft from the differential case.

3.  Remove the 2 pinion gears, 2 side gears and the 4 thrust washers from each gear.

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 504/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

DIFFERENTIAL CASE >

REASSEMBLY
for Preparation

1. INSTALL FRONT DIFFERENTIAL CASE

1.  Install the appropriate thrust washers and side gears. Refer to the table below and
select thrust washers that bring the backlash to within the specifications. Select
washers of the same size for both sides.

Standard backlash:
0.05 to 0.20 mm (0.0020 to 0.0079 in.)
Thickness mm (in.) Thickness mm (in.)
0.50 (0.0197) 0.75 (0.0295)

0.55 (0.0217) 0.80 (0.0315)


0.60 (0.0236) 0.85 (0.0335)
0.65 (0.0256) 0.90 (0.0354)
0.70 (0.0276) 0.95 (0.0374)

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 505/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

2.  Install the thrust washers and the side gears into the differential case.

3.  Install the pinion shaft.

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 506/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

4.  Using a dial indicator, check the side gear backlash. Measure the side gear
 backlash while holding one pinion gear toward the differential case.

Standard backlash:
0.05 to 0.20 mm (0.0020 to 0.0079 in.)

If the backlash is not within the specification, install a thrust washer of a different
thickness.

5.  Using a pin punch and a hammer, install the pinion shaft slotted spring pin
through the front differential case and the hole in the pinion shaft.

6.  Using a chisel and hammer, caulk the pin holes around the circumference of the
front differential case.

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 507/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

2. INSTALL FRONT DIFFERENTIAL RING GEAR

1.  Using a heater, heat the front differential ring gear to 90 to 110°C (194 to 230°F).

2.  Clean the contact surface of the front differential case.

3.  Aligning the matchmarks, quickly install the front differential ring gear onto the
front differential case with the 6 bolts.

Torque:
124 N*m{ 1,260 kgf*cm , 91 ft.*lbf }

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 508/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

3. INSTALL FR DIFFERENTIAL CASE REAR TAPERED ROLLER BEARING

1.  Using SST and a press, install the front differential case rear tapered roller
 bearing.

SST
09350-32014 (09351-32120, 09351-32140)

4. INSTALL FR DIFFERENTIAL CASE FRONT TAPERED ROLLER BEARING

1.  Using SST and a press, install the front differential case front tapered roller
 bearing.

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 509/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

SST
09350-32014 (09351-32120, 09351-32140)

SHIFT STROKE SENSOR >


COMPONENTS
for Preparation

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 510/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 511/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 512/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

1/2

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 513/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 514/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 515/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

2/2

SHIFT STROKE SENSOR >


REMOVAL
for Preparation

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 516/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

1. DISCONNECT CABLE FROM NEGATIVE BATTERY TERMINAL

2. REMOVE AIR CLEANER INLET NO.1 (for 2SZ-FE)

1.  Remove the air cleaner inlet No. 1.

3. REMOVE BATTERY HOLD DOWN CLAMP

4. REMOVE BATTERY

5. REMOVE BATTERY TRAY

6. REMOVE BATTERY CARRIER (for 1KR-FE)

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 517/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

1.  Remove the 4 bolts and the battery carrier.

7. REMOVE BATTERY CARRIER (for 2SZ-FE)

1.  Remove the 5 bolts and the battery carrier.

8. REMOVE SHIFT STROKE SENSOR

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 518/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

1.  Remove the bolt and separate the wire harness bracket.

2.  Disconnect the shift stroke sensor connector.

3.  Remove the 2 screws and the shift stroke sensor from the shift and select actuator.

4.  Remove the O-ring from the shift stroke sensor.

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 519/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

SHIFT STROKE SENSOR >


INSPECTION

for Preparation

1. INSPECT SHIFT STROKE SENSOR

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 520/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

1.  Connect the 3 dry batteries of 1.5 V in series.

2.  Connect the battery positive (+) lead to terminal A and the negative (-) lead to
terminal B.

3.  Turn the sensor arm and check the voltage between terminals B and C.

Reference: Voltage (Power source voltage at 4.5 V):


Sensor Terminal (B - C) output

angle voltage
55° 4.05 V
0° 2.25 V
-55° 0.45 V
Voltage (Power source voltage at 4.7 to 5.3 V):
Sensor Terminal (B - C) output
angle voltage

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 521/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

55° 4.5 V
0° 2.5 V
-55° 0.5 V
 NOTICE:

•  Do not apply more than 6 V.


•  Do not drop the clutch stroke sensor. If dropped, replace it with a new one.

If the voltage is not as specified, replace the stroke sensor.

SHIFT STROKE SENSOR >

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 522/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

INSTALLATION
for Preparation

1. INSTALL SHIFT STROKE SENSOR

1.  Apply MP grease to a new O-ring.

2.  Install the new O-ring onto the stroke sensor.

3.  Set the stroke senor so that the sensor side and the actuator side sensor arms are in
the positions shown in the illustration.

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 523/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

4.  Turn the stroke sensor clockwise and fix it with the 2 screws.

Torque:
2.0 N*m{ 20 kgf*cm , 18 in.*lbf }

5.  Connect the shift stroke sensor connector.

6.  Install the wire harness bracket onto the transaxle with the bolt.

Torque:
13 N*m{ 131 kgf*cm , 9.5 ft.*lbf }

2. INSTALL BATTERY CARRIER (for 1KR-FE)

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 524/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

1.  Install the battery carrier with the 4 bolts.

Torque:
17 N*m{ 175 kgf*cm , 13 ft.*lbf }

3. INSTALL BATTERY CARRIER (for 2SZ-FE)

1.  Install the battery carrier with the 5 bolts.

Torque:
17 N*m{ 175 kgf*cm , 13 ft.*lbf }

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 525/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

4. INSTALL BATTERY TRAY

5. INSTALL BATTERY

6. INSTALL BATTERY HOLD DOWN CLAMP

7. INSTALL AIR CLEANER INLET NO.1 (for 2SZ-FE)

1.  Install the air cleaner inlet No. 1.

8. CONNECT CABLE TO NEGATIVE BATTERY TERMINAL


Torque:
5.4 N*m{ 55 kgf*cm , 48 in.*lbf }

9. INITIALIZATION OF MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSMISSION ECU


()

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 526/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

10. LEARNING OF MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSMISSION SYSTEM


()

11. SYNCHRONIZATION POSITION CALIBRATION


()

SELECT STROKE SENSOR >


COMPONENTS
for Preparation

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 527/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 528/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 529/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 530/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

1/2

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 531/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 532/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 533/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

2/2

SELECT STROKE SENSOR >


REMOVAL
for Preparation

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 534/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

1. DISCONNECT CABLE FROM NEGATIVE BATTERY TERMINAL

2. REMOVE AIR CLEANER INLET NO.1 (for 2SZ-FE)

1.  Remove the air cleaner inlet No. 1.

3. REMOVE BATTERY HOLD DOWN CLAMP

4. REMOVE BATTERY

5. REMOVE BATTERY TRAY

6. REMOVE BATTERY CARRIER (for 1KR-FE)

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 535/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

1.  Remove the 4 bolts and the battery carrier.

7. REMOVE BATTERY CARRIER (for 2SZ-FE)

1.  Remove the 5 bolts and the battery carrier.

8. REMOVE SELECT STROKE SENSOR

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 536/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

1.  Remove the bolt and separate the wire harness bracket.

2.  Disconnect the select stroke sensor connector.

3.  Remove the 2 screws and select stroke sensor from the shift and select actuator.

4.  Remove the O-ring from the select stroke sensor.

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 537/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

SELECT STROKE SENSOR >


INSPECTION

for Preparation

1. INSPECT SELECT STROKE SENSOR

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 538/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

1.  Connect the 3 dry batteries of 1.5 V in series.

2.  Connect the battery positive (+) lead to terminal A and the negative (-) lead to
terminal B.

3.  Turn the sensor arm and check the voltage between terminals B and C.

Reference: Voltage (Power source voltage at 4.5 V):


Sensor Terminal (B - C) output

angle voltage
55 ° 4.05 V
0° 2.25 V
-55° 0.45 V
Voltage (Power source voltage at 4.7 to 5.3V):
Sensor Terminal (B - C) output
angle voltage

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 539/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

55 ° 4.5 V
0° 2.5 V
-55° 0.5 V
 NOTICE:

•  Do not apply more than 6 V.


•  Do not drop the clutch stroke sensor. If dropped, replace it with a new one.

If the voltage is not as specified, replace the stroke sensor.

SELECT STROKE SENSOR >

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 540/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

INSTALLATION
for Preparation

1. INSTALL SELECT STROKE SENSOR

1.  Apply MP grease to a new O-ring.

2.  Install the new O-ring onto the stroke sensor.

3.  Set the stroke sensor so that the sensor side and the actuator side sensor arms are
in the positions shown in the illustration.

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 541/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

4.  Turn the stroke sensor clockwise and fix it with the 2 screws.

Torque:
2.0 N*m{ 20 kgf*cm , 18 in.*lbf }

5.  Connect the select stroke sensor connector.

6.  Install the wire harness bracket onto the transaxle with the bolt

Torque:
13 N*m{ 131 kgf*cm , 9.5 ft.*lbf }

2. INSTALL BATTERY CARRIER (for 1KR-FE)

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 542/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

1.  Install the battery carrier with the 4 bolts.

Torque:
17 N*m{ 175 kgf*cm , 13 ft.*lbf }

3. INSTALL BATTERY CARRIER (for 2SZ-FE)

1.  Install the battery carrier with the 5 bolts.

Torque:
17 N*m{ 175 kgf*cm , 13 ft.*lbf }

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 543/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

4. INSTALL BATTERY TRAY

5. INSTALL BATTERY

6. INSTALL BATTERY HOLD DOWN CLAMP

7. INSTALL AIR CLEANER INLET NO.1 (for 2SZ-FE)

1.  Install the air cleaner inlet No. 1.

8. CONNECT CABLE TO NEGATIVE BATTERY TERMINAL


Torque:
5.4 N*m{ 55 kgf*cm , 48 in.*lbf }

9. INITIALIZATION OF MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSMISSION ECU


()

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 544/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

10. LEARNING OF MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSMISSION SYSTEM


()

11. SYNCHRONIZATION POSITION CALIBRATION


()

TRANSMISSION REVOLUTION
SENSOR > COMPONENTS
for Preparation

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 545/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 546/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 547/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 548/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

1/1

TRANSMISSION REVOLUTION
SENSOR > REMOVAL
for Preparation

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 549/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

1. DRAIN TRANSAXLE OIL

1.  Remove the filler plug and the gasket.

2.  Remove the drain plug and gasket and drain the transaxle oil.

3.  Install a new gasket and the drain plug.

Torque:
39 N*m{ 400 kgf*cm , 29 ft.*lbf }

2. REMOVE TRANSMISSION REVOLUTION SENSOR

1.  Disconnect the revolution sensor connector.

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 550/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

2.  Remove the bolt and transmission case protector.

3.  Remove the bolt and transmission revolution sensor.

4.  Using a screwdriver, remove the O-ring from the transmission revolution sensor.

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 551/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

TRANSMISSION REVOLUTION
SENSOR > INSPECTION
for Preparation

1. INSPECT TRANSMISSION REVOLUTION SENSOR

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 552/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

1.  Using an ohmmeter, measure the resistance between the terminals.

Standard Resistance:
560 to 680 Ω at 20 °C(68°F)

If the resistance is not as specified, replace the revolution sensor.

TRANSMISSION REVOLUTION
SENSOR > INSTALLATION
for Preparation

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 553/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

1. INSTALL TRANSMISSION REVOLUTION SENSOR

1.  Install a new O-ring onto the transmission revolution sensor.

2.  Install the transmission revolution sensor with the bolt.

Torque:
7.8 N*m{ 80 kgf*cm , 69 in.*lbf }

3.  Install the transmission case protector with the bolt.

Torque:
18 N*m{ 185 kgf*cm , 13 ft.*lbf }

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 554/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

4.  Connect the revolution sensor connector.

2. ADD TRANSAXLE OIL

3. INSPECT AND ADJUST TRANSAXLE OIL

1.  Stop the vehicle on a level place.

2.  Remove the filler plug and gasket.

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 555/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

3.  Check that the oil surface is within 5 mm (0.20 in.) of the lowest position of the
filler plug opening.

 NOTICE:

• 
• 
An excessively
After replacing large ordrive
the oil, smallthe
amount of and
vehicle oil may cause
check problems.
the oil level again.

4.  When the oil level is low, check for oil leakage.

5.  Install the filler plug and a new gasket.

Torque:
39 N*m{ 400 kgf*cm , 29 ft.*lbf }

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 556/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

BACK-UP LIGHT SWITCH >


COMPONENTS
for Preparation

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 557/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 558/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 559/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

1/4

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 560/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 561/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 562/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

2/4

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 563/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 564/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 565/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

3/4

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 566/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 567/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 568/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 569/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

1. DISCONNECT CABLE FROM NEGATIVE BATTERY TERMINAL

2. REMOVE AIR CLEANER INLET NO.1 (for 2SZ-FE)

1.  Remove the air cleaner inlet No. 1.

3. REMOVE BATTERY HOLD DOWN CLAMP

4. REMOVE BATTERY

5. REMOVE BATTERY TRAY

6. REMOVE BATTERY CARRIER (for 1KR-FE)

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 570/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

1.  Remove the 4 bolts and the battery carrier.

7. REMOVE BATTERY CARRIER (for 2SZ-FE)

1.  Remove the 5 bolts and the battery carrier.

8. SUPPORT MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE ASSEMBLY

9. REMOVE TRANSVERSE ENGINE ENGINE MOUNTING INSULATOR (for 1KR-


FE)

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 571/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

1.  Remove the bolt and nut, then separate the engine mounting insulator LH.

2.  Remove the 4 bolts and the engine mounting insulator LH.

10. REMOVE TRANSVERSE ENGINE ENGINE MOUNTING INSULATOR (for 2SZ-


FE)

1.  Remove the bolt and nut, then separate the engine mounting insulator LH.

2.  Remove the 5 bolts and the engine mounting insulator LH.

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 572/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

11. REMOVE TRANSVERSE ENGINE ENGINE MOUNTING BRACKET (for 1KR-


FE)

1.  Remove the 4 bolts and the engine mounting bracket LH.

12. REMOVE TRANSVERSE ENGINE ENGINE MOUNTING BRACKET (for 2SZ-


FE)

1.  Remove the 4 bolts and the engine mounting bracket LH.

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 573/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

13. REMOVE BACK-UP LIGHT SWITCH ASSEMBLY

1.  Disconnect the back-up light switch connector.

2.  Separate the back-up light switch wire harness from the 2 clamps.

3.  Using SST, remove the back-up light switch and gasket from the transaxle case.

SST
09817-16011

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 574/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

BACK-UP LIGHT SWITCH >


INSPECTION
for Preparation

1. INSPECT BACK-UP LIGHT SWITCH ASSEMBLY

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 575/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

1.  Using an ohmmeter, measure the resistance between the terminals.

Standard Resistance:

Condition Specified condition


Released Below 1 Ω 
Pushed 10 k Ω or higher

If the result is not as specified, replace the back-up light switch.

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 576/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

BACK-UP LIGHT SWITCH >


INSTALLATION
for Preparation

1. INSTALL BACK-UP LIGHT SWITCH ASSEMBLY

1.  Using SST, install the back-up light switch with a new gasket onto the transaxle
case.

SST
09817-16011
Torque:
40 N*m{ 410 kgf*cm , 30 ft.*lbf }

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 577/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

2.  Install the back-up light switch wire harness into the 2 clamps.

3.  Connect the back-up light switch connector.

2. INSTALL TRANSVERSE ENGINE ENGINE MOUNTING BRACKET (for 1KR-


FE)

 
1. Install the engine mounting bracket LH with the 4 bolts.
Torque:
64 N*m{ 653 kgf*cm , 47 ft.*lbf }

3. INSTALL TRANSVERSE ENGINE ENGINE MOUNTING BRACKET (for 2SZ-FE)

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 578/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

1.  Install the engine mounting bracket LH with the 4 bolts.

Torque:
64 N*m{ 653 kgf*cm , 47 ft.*lbf }

4. INSTALL TRANSVERSE ENGINE ENGINE MOUNTING INSULATOR (for 1KR-


FE)

1.  Install the engine mounting insulator LH with the 4 bolts.

Torque:
52 N*m{ 530 kgf*cm , 38 ft.*lbf } for bolt A
64 N*m{ 653 kgf*cm , 47 ft.*lbf } for bolt B

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 579/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

2.  Install the engine mounting bracket LH and engine mounting insulator LH with
the bolt and nut.

Torque:
52 N*m{ 530 kgf*cm , 38 ft.*lbf } for nut C

5. INSTALL TRANSVERSE ENGINE ENGINE MOUNTING INSULATOR (for 2SZ-


FE)

1.  Install the engine mounting insulator LH with the 5 bolts.

Torque:
52 N*m{ 530 kgf*cm , 38 ft.*lbf }

2.  Install the engine mounting bracket LH and engine mounting insulator LH with
the bolt and nut.

Torque:
52 N*m{ 530 kgf*cm , 38 ft.*lbf }

6. INSTALL BATTERY CARRIER (for 1KR-FE)

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 580/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

1.  Install the battery carrier with the 4 bolts.

Torque:
17 N*m{ 175 kgf*cm , 13 ft.*lbf }

7. INSTALL BATTERY CARRIER (for 2SZ-FE)

1.  Install the battery carrier with the 5 bolts.

Torque:
17 N*m{ 175 kgf*cm , 13 ft.*lbf }

8. INSTALL BATTERY TRAY

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 581/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

9. INSTALL BATTERY

10. INSTALL BATTERY HOLD DOWN CLAMP

11. INSTALL AIR CLEANER INLET NO.1 (for 2SZ-FE)

1.  Install the air cleaner inlet No. 1.

12. CONNECT CABLE TO NEGATIVE BATTERY TERMINAL


Torque:
5.4 N*m{ 55 kgf*cm , 48 in.*lbf }

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 582/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

PARK / NEUTRAL POSITION


SWITCH > COMPONENTS
for Preparation

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 583/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 584/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 585/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

1/1

PARK / NEUTRAL POSITION


SWITCH > REMOVAL
for Preparation

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 586/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

1. REMOVE PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION SWITCH ASSEMBLY

1.  Disconnect the park/neutral position switch connector.

 
2. Using SST,
transaxle remove the park/neutral position switch with the gasket from the
case.

SST
09817-16011

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 587/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

PARK / NEUTRAL POSITION


SWITCH > INSPECTION
for Preparation

1. INSPECT PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION SWITCH ASSEMBLY

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 588/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

1.  Using an ohmmeter, measure the resistance between the terminals.

Standard Resistance:

Condition Specified condition


Released Below 1 Ω 
Pushed 10 k Ω or higher

If the result is not as specified, replace the park/neutral position switch.

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 589/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

PARK / NEUTRAL POSITION


SWITCH > INSTALLATION
for Preparation

1. INSTALL PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION SWITCH ASSEMBLY

SST
09817-16011

1.  Using SST, install the park/neutral position switch with a new gasket onto the
transaxle case.

Torque:
40 N*m{ 410 kgf*cm , 30 ft.*lbf }

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 590/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

2.  Connect the park/neutral position switch connector.

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 591/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

SHIFT AND SELECT ACTUATOR >


COMPONENTS
for Preparation

1/1

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 592/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

SHIFT AND SELECT ACTUATOR >


DISASSEMBLY
for Preparation

1. REMOVE SELECT STROKE SENSOR

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 593/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

1.  Remove the 2 screws and select stroke sensor.

2.  Remove the O-ring from the select stroke sensor.

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 594/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

SHIFT AND SELECT ACTUATOR >


INSPECTION
for Preparation

1. INSPECT SHIFT AND SELECT ACTUATOR ASSEMBLY

1.  Check the resistance between the terminals of the shift motor.

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 595/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

Standard Resistance:
Tester Specified
connection condition
1-2 0.1 to 100 Ω 

If the resistance is not as specified, replace the shift and select actuator.

2.  Check the resistance between the terminals of the select motor.

Standard Resistance:
Tester Specified
connection condition
1-2 0.1 to 100 Ω 

If the resistance is not as specified, replace the shift and select actuator.

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 596/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

SHIFT AND SELECT ACTUATOR >


REASSEMBLY
for Preparation

1. INSTALL SELECT STROKE SENSOR

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 597/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

1.  Apply MP grease to a new O-ring.

2.  Install the new O-ring onto the select stroke sensor.

3.  Set the stroke sensor so that the sensor side and the actuator side sensor arms are
in the positions shown in the illustration.

4.  Turn the select stroke sensor clockwise and fix it with the 2 screws.

Torque:
2.0 N*m{ 20 kgf*cm , 18 in.*lbf }

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 598/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

MULTI-MODE MANUAL
TRANSAXLE ECU >
COMPONENTS
for Preparation

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 599/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 600/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 601/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

1/2

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 602/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 603/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 604/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

2/2

MULTI-MODE MANUAL
TRANSAXLE ECU > REMOVAL
for Preparation

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 605/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

1. REMOVE INSTRUMENT PANEL SUB-ASSEMBLY UPPER


()

2. REMOVE GLOVE COMPARTMENT DOOR ASSEMBLY (for RHD)

1.  Slightly deform the upper part of the glove compartment door assembly to release
the 2 stoppers and open the glove compartment door assembly until it becomes
horizontal.

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 606/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

2.  Pull the glove compartment door assembly out horizontally to disengage the hinge
 portion and remove the glove compartment door assembly.

 NOTICE:
Pull the glove compartment door out horizontally, otherwise, installation failure
caused by excessive play around the hinge portion will result.

3. REMOVE TRANSMISSION CONTROL ECU ASSEMBLY (for LHD)

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 607/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

1.  Disconnect the 3 connectors.

2.  Remove the 2 bolts.

3.  Disengage the clip and remove the transmission control ECU.

4. REMOVE TRANSMISSION CONTROL ECU ASSEMBLY (for RHD)

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 608/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

1.  Disconnect the 3 connectors.

2.  Remove the bolt and screw, then remove the transmission control ECU.

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 609/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

MULTI-MODE MANUAL
TRANSAXLE ECU > REMOVAL
for Preparation

1. REMOVE INSTRUMENT PANEL SUB-ASSEMBLY UPPER


()

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 610/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

2. REMOVE GLOVE COMPARTMENT DOOR ASSEMBLY (for RHD)

1.  Slightly deform the upper part of the glove compartment door assembly to release
the 2 stoppers and open the glove compartment door assembly until it becomes
horizontal.

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 611/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

2.  Pull the glove compartment door assembly out horizontally to disengage the hinge
 portion and remove the glove compartment door assembly.

 NOTICE:
Pull the glove compartment door out horizontally, otherwise, installation failure
caused by excessive play around the hinge portion will result.

3. REMOVE TRANSMISSION CONTROL ECU ASSEMBLY (for LHD)

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 612/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

1.  Disconnect the 3 connectors.

2.  Remove the 2 bolts.

3.  Disengage the clip and remove the transmission control ECU.

4. REMOVE TRANSMISSION CONTROL ECU ASSEMBLY (for RHD)

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 613/614
8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 614/614

You might also like